|
1 /**************************************************************************** |
|
2 ** |
|
3 ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). |
|
4 ** All rights reserved. |
|
5 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) |
|
6 ** |
|
7 ** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit. |
|
8 ** |
|
9 ** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ |
|
10 ** No Commercial Usage |
|
11 ** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. |
|
12 ** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions |
|
13 ** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying |
|
14 ** this package. |
|
15 ** |
|
16 ** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage |
|
17 ** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser |
|
18 ** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software |
|
19 ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the |
|
20 ** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to |
|
21 ** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements |
|
22 ** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. |
|
23 ** |
|
24 ** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional |
|
25 ** rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception |
|
26 ** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. |
|
27 ** |
|
28 ** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact |
|
29 ** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. |
|
30 ** |
|
31 ** |
|
32 ** |
|
33 ** |
|
34 ** |
|
35 ** |
|
36 ** |
|
37 ** |
|
38 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$ |
|
39 ** |
|
40 ****************************************************************************/ |
|
41 |
|
42 #include "qstringlist.h" |
|
43 #include "qregexp.h" |
|
44 #include "qunicodetables_p.h" |
|
45 #ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC |
|
46 #include <qtextcodec.h> |
|
47 #endif |
|
48 #include <private/qutfcodec_p.h> |
|
49 #include <qdatastream.h> |
|
50 #include <qlist.h> |
|
51 #include "qlocale.h" |
|
52 #include "qlocale_p.h" |
|
53 #include "qstringmatcher.h" |
|
54 #include "qvarlengtharray.h" |
|
55 #include "qtools_p.h" |
|
56 #include "qhash.h" |
|
57 #include "qdebug.h" |
|
58 |
|
59 #ifdef Q_OS_MAC |
|
60 #include <private/qcore_mac_p.h> |
|
61 #endif |
|
62 |
|
63 #include <private/qfunctions_p.h> |
|
64 |
|
65 #if defined(Q_OS_WINCE) |
|
66 #include <windows.h> |
|
67 #include <winnls.h> |
|
68 #endif |
|
69 |
|
70 #include <limits.h> |
|
71 #include <string.h> |
|
72 #include <stdlib.h> |
|
73 #include <stdio.h> |
|
74 #include <stdarg.h> |
|
75 |
|
76 #ifdef truncate |
|
77 #undef truncate |
|
78 #endif |
|
79 |
|
80 #include "qchar.cpp" |
|
81 #include "qstringmatcher.cpp" |
|
82 |
|
83 #ifndef LLONG_MAX |
|
84 #define LLONG_MAX qint64_C(9223372036854775807) |
|
85 #endif |
|
86 #ifndef LLONG_MIN |
|
87 #define LLONG_MIN (-LLONG_MAX - qint64_C(1)) |
|
88 #endif |
|
89 #ifndef ULLONG_MAX |
|
90 #define ULLONG_MAX quint64_C(18446744073709551615) |
|
91 #endif |
|
92 |
|
93 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE |
|
94 |
|
95 #ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC |
|
96 QTextCodec *QString::codecForCStrings; |
|
97 #endif |
|
98 |
|
99 #ifdef QT3_SUPPORT |
|
100 static QHash<void *, QByteArray> *asciiCache = 0; |
|
101 #endif |
|
102 |
|
103 // internal |
|
104 int qFindString(const QChar *haystack, int haystackLen, int from, |
|
105 const QChar *needle, int needleLen, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs); |
|
106 int qFindStringBoyerMoore(const QChar *haystack, int haystackLen, int from, |
|
107 const QChar *needle, int needleLen, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs); |
|
108 |
|
109 |
|
110 // Unicode case-insensitive comparison |
|
111 static int ucstricmp(const ushort *a, const ushort *ae, const ushort *b, const ushort *be) |
|
112 { |
|
113 if (a == b) |
|
114 return 0; |
|
115 if (a == 0) |
|
116 return 1; |
|
117 if (b == 0) |
|
118 return -1; |
|
119 |
|
120 const ushort *e = ae; |
|
121 if (be - b < ae - a) |
|
122 e = a + (be - b); |
|
123 |
|
124 uint alast = 0; |
|
125 uint blast = 0; |
|
126 while (a != e) { |
|
127 // qDebug() << hex << alast << blast; |
|
128 // qDebug() << hex << "*a=" << *a << "alast=" << alast << "folded=" << foldCase (*a, alast); |
|
129 // qDebug() << hex << "*b=" << *b << "blast=" << blast << "folded=" << foldCase (*b, blast); |
|
130 int diff = foldCase(*a, alast) - foldCase(*b, blast); |
|
131 if ((diff)) |
|
132 return diff; |
|
133 ++a; |
|
134 ++b; |
|
135 } |
|
136 if (a == ae) { |
|
137 if (b == be) |
|
138 return 0; |
|
139 return -1; |
|
140 } |
|
141 return 1; |
|
142 } |
|
143 |
|
144 // Case-insensitive comparison between a Unicode string and a QLatin1String |
|
145 static int ucstricmp(const ushort *a, const ushort *ae, const uchar *b) |
|
146 { |
|
147 if (a == 0) { |
|
148 if (b == 0) |
|
149 return 0; |
|
150 return 1; |
|
151 } |
|
152 if (b == 0) |
|
153 return -1; |
|
154 |
|
155 while (a != ae && *b) { |
|
156 int diff = foldCase(*a) - foldCase(*b); |
|
157 if ((diff)) |
|
158 return diff; |
|
159 ++a; |
|
160 ++b; |
|
161 } |
|
162 if (a == ae) { |
|
163 if (!*b) |
|
164 return 0; |
|
165 return -1; |
|
166 } |
|
167 return 1; |
|
168 } |
|
169 |
|
170 // Unicode case-insensitive comparison |
|
171 static int ucstrcmp(const QChar *a, int alen, const QChar *b, int blen) |
|
172 { |
|
173 if (a == b && alen == blen) |
|
174 return 0; |
|
175 int l = qMin(alen, blen); |
|
176 while (l-- && *a == *b) |
|
177 a++,b++; |
|
178 if (l == -1) |
|
179 return (alen-blen); |
|
180 return a->unicode() - b->unicode(); |
|
181 } |
|
182 |
|
183 // Unicode case-sensitive compare two same-sized strings |
|
184 static int ucstrncmp(const QChar *a, const QChar *b, int l) |
|
185 { |
|
186 while (l-- && *a == *b) |
|
187 a++,b++; |
|
188 if (l==-1) |
|
189 return 0; |
|
190 return a->unicode() - b->unicode(); |
|
191 } |
|
192 |
|
193 // Unicode case-insensitive compare two same-sized strings |
|
194 static int ucstrnicmp(const ushort *a, const ushort *b, int l) |
|
195 { |
|
196 return ucstricmp(a, a + l, b, b + l); |
|
197 } |
|
198 |
|
199 static bool qMemEquals(const quint16 *a, const quint16 *b, int length) |
|
200 { |
|
201 // Benchmarking indicates that doing memcmp is much slower than |
|
202 // executing the comparison ourselves. |
|
203 // To make it even faster, we do a 32-bit comparison, comparing |
|
204 // twice the amount of data as a normal word-by-word comparison. |
|
205 // |
|
206 // Benchmarking results on a 2.33 GHz Core2 Duo, with a 64-QChar |
|
207 // block of data, with 4194304 iterations (per iteration): |
|
208 // operation usec cpu ticks |
|
209 // memcmp 330 710 |
|
210 // 16-bit 79 167-171 |
|
211 // 32-bit aligned 49 105-109 |
|
212 // |
|
213 // Testing also indicates that unaligned 32-bit loads are as |
|
214 // performant as 32-bit aligned. |
|
215 if (a == b || !length) |
|
216 return true; |
|
217 |
|
218 register union { |
|
219 const quint16 *w; |
|
220 const quint32 *d; |
|
221 quintptr value; |
|
222 } sa, sb; |
|
223 sa.w = a; |
|
224 sb.w = b; |
|
225 |
|
226 // check alignment |
|
227 if ((sa.value & 2) == (sb.value & 2)) { |
|
228 // both addresses have the same alignment |
|
229 if (sa.value & 2) { |
|
230 // both addresses are not aligned to 4-bytes boundaries |
|
231 // compare the first character |
|
232 if (*sa.w != *sb.w) |
|
233 return false; |
|
234 --length; |
|
235 ++sa.w; |
|
236 ++sb.w; |
|
237 |
|
238 // now both addresses are 4-bytes aligned |
|
239 } |
|
240 |
|
241 // both addresses are 4-bytes aligned |
|
242 // do a fast 32-bit comparison |
|
243 register const quint32 *e = sa.d + (length >> 1); |
|
244 for ( ; sa.d != e; ++sa.d, ++sb.d) { |
|
245 if (*sa.d != *sb.d) |
|
246 return false; |
|
247 } |
|
248 |
|
249 // do we have a tail? |
|
250 return (length & 1) ? *sa.w == *sb.w : true; |
|
251 } else { |
|
252 // one of the addresses isn't 4-byte aligned but the other is |
|
253 register const quint16 *e = sa.w + length; |
|
254 for ( ; sa.w != e; ++sa.w, ++sb.w) { |
|
255 if (*sa.w != *sb.w) |
|
256 return false; |
|
257 } |
|
258 } |
|
259 return true; |
|
260 } |
|
261 |
|
262 /*! |
|
263 \internal |
|
264 |
|
265 Returns the index position of the first occurrence of the |
|
266 character \a ch in the string given by \a str and \a len, |
|
267 searching forward from index |
|
268 position \a from. Returns -1 if \a ch could not be found. |
|
269 */ |
|
270 static int findChar(const QChar *str, int len, QChar ch, int from, |
|
271 Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) |
|
272 { |
|
273 const ushort *s = (const ushort *)str; |
|
274 ushort c = ch.unicode(); |
|
275 if (from < 0) |
|
276 from = qMax(from + len, 0); |
|
277 if (from < len) { |
|
278 const ushort *n = s + from - 1; |
|
279 const ushort *e = s + len; |
|
280 if (cs == Qt::CaseSensitive) { |
|
281 while (++n != e) |
|
282 if (*n == c) |
|
283 return n - s; |
|
284 } else { |
|
285 c = foldCase(c); |
|
286 while (++n != e) |
|
287 if (foldCase(*n) == c) |
|
288 return n - s; |
|
289 } |
|
290 } |
|
291 return -1; |
|
292 } |
|
293 |
|
294 #define REHASH(a) \ |
|
295 if (sl_minus_1 < (int)sizeof(int) * CHAR_BIT) \ |
|
296 hashHaystack -= (a) << sl_minus_1; \ |
|
297 hashHaystack <<= 1 |
|
298 |
|
299 inline bool qIsUpper(char ch) |
|
300 { |
|
301 return ch >= 'A' && ch <= 'Z'; |
|
302 } |
|
303 |
|
304 inline bool qIsDigit(char ch) |
|
305 { |
|
306 return ch >= '0' && ch <= '9'; |
|
307 } |
|
308 |
|
309 inline char qToLower(char ch) |
|
310 { |
|
311 if (ch >= 'A' && ch <= 'Z') |
|
312 return ch - 'A' + 'a'; |
|
313 else |
|
314 return ch; |
|
315 } |
|
316 |
|
317 #if defined(Q_CC_MSVC) && _MSC_VER <= 1300 |
|
318 const QString::Null QString::null; |
|
319 #else |
|
320 const QString::Null QString::null = { }; |
|
321 #endif |
|
322 |
|
323 /*! |
|
324 \macro QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII |
|
325 \relates QString |
|
326 |
|
327 Disables automatic conversions from 8-bit strings (char *) to unicode QStrings |
|
328 |
|
329 \sa QT_NO_CAST_TO_ASCII, QT_NO_CAST_FROM_BYTEARRAY |
|
330 */ |
|
331 |
|
332 /*! |
|
333 \macro QT_NO_CAST_TO_ASCII |
|
334 \relates QString |
|
335 |
|
336 disables automatic conversion from QString to ASCII 8-bit strings (char *) |
|
337 |
|
338 \sa QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII, QT_NO_CAST_FROM_BYTEARRAY |
|
339 */ |
|
340 |
|
341 /*! |
|
342 \macro QT_ASCII_CAST_WARNINGS |
|
343 \internal |
|
344 \relates QString |
|
345 |
|
346 This macro can be defined to force a warning whenever a function is |
|
347 called that automatically converts between unicode and 8-bit encodings. |
|
348 |
|
349 Note: This only works for compilers that support warnings for |
|
350 deprecated API. |
|
351 |
|
352 \sa QT_NO_CAST_TO_ASCII, QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII |
|
353 */ |
|
354 |
|
355 /*! |
|
356 \class QCharRef |
|
357 \reentrant |
|
358 \brief The QCharRef class is a helper class for QString. |
|
359 |
|
360 \internal |
|
361 |
|
362 \ingroup string-processing |
|
363 |
|
364 When you get an object of type QCharRef, if you can assign to it, |
|
365 the assignment will apply to the character in the string from |
|
366 which you got the reference. That is its whole purpose in life. |
|
367 The QCharRef becomes invalid once modifications are made to the |
|
368 string: if you want to keep the character, copy it into a QChar. |
|
369 |
|
370 Most of the QChar member functions also exist in QCharRef. |
|
371 However, they are not explicitly documented here. |
|
372 |
|
373 \sa QString::operator[]() QString::at() QChar |
|
374 */ |
|
375 |
|
376 /*! |
|
377 \class QString |
|
378 \reentrant |
|
379 |
|
380 \brief The QString class provides a Unicode character string. |
|
381 |
|
382 \ingroup tools |
|
383 \ingroup shared |
|
384 \ingroup string-processing |
|
385 |
|
386 |
|
387 QString stores a string of 16-bit \l{QChar}s, where each QChar |
|
388 corresponds one Unicode 4.0 character. (Unicode characters |
|
389 with code values above 65535 are stored using surrogate pairs, |
|
390 i.e., two consecutive \l{QChar}s.) |
|
391 |
|
392 \l{Unicode} is an international standard that supports most of |
|
393 the writing systems in use today. It is a superset of ASCII and |
|
394 Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1), and all the ASCII/Latin-1 characters are |
|
395 available at the same code positions. |
|
396 |
|
397 Behind the scenes, QString uses \l{implicit sharing} |
|
398 (copy-on-write) to reduce memory usage and to avoid the needless |
|
399 copying of data. This also helps reduce the inherent overhead of |
|
400 storing 16-bit characters instead of 8-bit characters. |
|
401 |
|
402 In addition to QString, Qt also provides the QByteArray class to |
|
403 store raw bytes and traditional 8-bit '\\0'-terminated strings. |
|
404 For most purposes, QString is the class you want to use. It is |
|
405 used throughout the Qt API, and the Unicode support ensures that |
|
406 your applications will be easy to translate if you want to expand |
|
407 your application's market at some point. The two main cases where |
|
408 QByteArray is appropriate are when you need to store raw binary |
|
409 data, and when memory conservation is critical (e.g., with |
|
410 \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}). |
|
411 |
|
412 \tableofcontents |
|
413 |
|
414 \section1 Initializing a String |
|
415 |
|
416 One way to initialize a QString is simply to pass a \c{const char |
|
417 *} to its constructor. For example, the following code creates a |
|
418 QString of size 5 containing the data "Hello": |
|
419 |
|
420 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 0 |
|
421 |
|
422 QString converts the \c{const char *} data into Unicode using the |
|
423 fromAscii() function. By default, fromAscii() treats character |
|
424 above 128 as Latin-1 characters, but this can be changed by |
|
425 calling QTextCodec::setCodecForCStrings(). |
|
426 |
|
427 In all of the QString functions that take \c{const char *} |
|
428 parameters, the \c{const char *} is interpreted as a classic |
|
429 C-style '\\0'-terminated string. It is legal for the \c{const char |
|
430 *} parameter to be 0. |
|
431 |
|
432 You can also provide string data as an array of \l{QChar}s: |
|
433 |
|
434 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 1 |
|
435 |
|
436 QString makes a deep copy of the QChar data, so you can modify it |
|
437 later without experiencing side effects. (If for performance |
|
438 reasons you don't want to take a deep copy of the character data, |
|
439 use QString::fromRawData() instead.) |
|
440 |
|
441 Another approach is to set the size of the string using resize() |
|
442 and to initialize the data character per character. QString uses |
|
443 0-based indexes, just like C++ arrays. To access the character at |
|
444 a particular index position, you can use \l operator[](). On |
|
445 non-const strings, \l operator[]() returns a reference to a |
|
446 character that can be used on the left side of an assignment. For |
|
447 example: |
|
448 |
|
449 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 2 |
|
450 |
|
451 For read-only access, an alternative syntax is to use the at() |
|
452 function: |
|
453 |
|
454 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 3 |
|
455 |
|
456 The at() function can be faster than \l operator[](), because it |
|
457 never causes a \l{deep copy} to occur. Alternatively, use the |
|
458 left(), right(), or mid() functions to extract several characters |
|
459 at a time. |
|
460 |
|
461 A QString can embed '\\0' characters (QChar::Null). The size() |
|
462 function always returns the size of the whole string, including |
|
463 embedded '\\0' characters. |
|
464 |
|
465 After a call to the resize() function, newly allocated characters |
|
466 have undefined values. To set all the characters in the string to |
|
467 a particular value, use the fill() function. |
|
468 |
|
469 QString provides dozens of overloads designed to simplify string |
|
470 usage. For example, if you want to compare a QString with a string |
|
471 literal, you can write code like this and it will work as expected: |
|
472 |
|
473 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 4 |
|
474 |
|
475 You can also pass string literals to functions that take QStrings |
|
476 as arguments, invoking the QString(const char *) |
|
477 constructor. Similarly, you can pass a QString to a function that |
|
478 takes a \c{const char *} argument using the \l qPrintable() macro |
|
479 which returns the given QString as a \c{const char *}. This is |
|
480 equivalent to calling <QString>.toLocal8Bit().constData(). |
|
481 |
|
482 \section1 Manipulating String Data |
|
483 |
|
484 QString provides the following basic functions for modifying the |
|
485 character data: append(), prepend(), insert(), replace(), and |
|
486 remove(). For example: |
|
487 |
|
488 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 5 |
|
489 |
|
490 If you are building a QString gradually and know in advance |
|
491 approximately how many characters the QString will contain, you |
|
492 can call reserve(), asking QString to preallocate a certain amount |
|
493 of memory. You can also call capacity() to find out how much |
|
494 memory QString actually allocated. |
|
495 |
|
496 The replace() and remove() functions' first two arguments are the |
|
497 position from which to start erasing and the number of characters |
|
498 that should be erased. If you want to replace all occurrences of |
|
499 a particular substring with another, use one of the two-parameter |
|
500 replace() overloads. |
|
501 |
|
502 A frequent requirement is to remove whitespace characters from a |
|
503 string ('\\n', '\\t', ' ', etc.). If you want to remove whitespace |
|
504 from both ends of a QString, use the trimmed() function. If you |
|
505 want to remove whitespace from both ends and replace multiple |
|
506 consecutive whitespaces with a single space character within the |
|
507 string, use simplified(). |
|
508 |
|
509 If you want to find all occurrences of a particular character or |
|
510 substring in a QString, use the indexOf() or lastIndexOf() |
|
511 functions. The former searches forward starting from a given index |
|
512 position, the latter searches backward. Both return the index |
|
513 position of the character or substring if they find it; otherwise, |
|
514 they return -1. For example, here's a typical loop that finds all |
|
515 occurrences of a particular substring: |
|
516 |
|
517 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 6 |
|
518 |
|
519 QString provides many functions for converting numbers into |
|
520 strings and strings into numbers. See the arg() functions, the |
|
521 setNum() functions, the number() static functions, and the |
|
522 toInt(), toDouble(), and similar functions. |
|
523 |
|
524 To get an upper- or lowercase version of a string use toUpper() or |
|
525 toLower(). |
|
526 |
|
527 Lists of strings are handled by the QStringList class. You can |
|
528 split a string into a list of strings using the split() function, |
|
529 and join a list of strings into a single string with an optional |
|
530 separator using QStringList::join(). You can obtain a list of |
|
531 strings from a string list that contain a particular substring or |
|
532 that match a particular QRegExp using the QStringList::find() |
|
533 function. |
|
534 : |
|
535 \section1 Querying String Data |
|
536 |
|
537 If you want to see if a QString starts or ends with a particular |
|
538 substring use startsWith() or endsWith(). If you simply want to |
|
539 check whether a QString contains a particular character or |
|
540 substring, use the contains() function. If you want to find out |
|
541 how many times a particular character or substring occurs in the |
|
542 string, use count(). |
|
543 |
|
544 QStrings can be compared using overloaded operators such as \l |
|
545 operator<(), \l operator<=(), \l operator==(), \l operator>=(), |
|
546 and so on. Note that the comparison is based exclusively on the |
|
547 numeric Unicode values of the characters. It is very fast, but is |
|
548 not what a human would expect; the QString::localeAwareCompare() |
|
549 function is a better choice for sorting user-interface strings. |
|
550 |
|
551 To obtain a pointer to the actual character data, call data() or |
|
552 constData(). These functions return a pointer to the beginning of |
|
553 the QChar data. The pointer is guaranteed to remain valid until a |
|
554 non-const function is called on the QString. |
|
555 |
|
556 \section1 Converting Between 8-Bit Strings and Unicode Strings |
|
557 |
|
558 QString provides the following four functions that return a |
|
559 \c{const char *} version of the string as QByteArray: toAscii(), |
|
560 toLatin1(), toUtf8(), and toLocal8Bit(). |
|
561 |
|
562 \list |
|
563 \o toAscii() returns an ASCII encoded 8-bit string. |
|
564 \o toLatin1() returns a Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1) encoded 8-bit string. |
|
565 \o toUtf8() returns a UTF-8 encoded 8-bit string. UTF-8 is a |
|
566 superset of ASCII that supports the entire Unicode character |
|
567 set through multibyte sequences. |
|
568 \o toLocal8Bit() returns an 8-bit string using the system's local |
|
569 encoding. |
|
570 \endlist |
|
571 |
|
572 To convert from one of these encodings, QString provides |
|
573 fromAscii(), fromLatin1(), fromUtf8(), and fromLocal8Bit(). Other |
|
574 encodings are supported through the QTextCodec class. |
|
575 |
|
576 As mentioned above, QString provides a lot of functions and |
|
577 operators that make it easy to interoperate with \c{const char *} |
|
578 strings. But this functionality is a double-edged sword: It makes |
|
579 QString more convenient to use if all strings are ASCII or |
|
580 Latin-1, but there is always the risk that an implicit conversion |
|
581 from or to \c{const char *} is done using the wrong 8-bit |
|
582 encoding. To minimize these risks, you can turn off these implicit |
|
583 conversions by defining the following two preprocessor symbols: |
|
584 |
|
585 \list |
|
586 \o \c QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII disables automatic conversions from |
|
587 ASCII to Unicode. |
|
588 \o \c QT_NO_CAST_TO_ASCII disables automatic conversion from QString |
|
589 to ASCII. |
|
590 \endlist |
|
591 |
|
592 One way to define these preprocessor symbols globally for your |
|
593 application is to add the following entry to your |
|
594 \l{qmake Project Files}{qmake project file}: |
|
595 |
|
596 \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qstring.cpp 0 |
|
597 |
|
598 You then need to explicitly call fromAscii(), fromLatin1(), |
|
599 fromUtf8(), or fromLocal8Bit() to construct a QString from an |
|
600 8-bit string, or use the lightweight QLatin1String class, for |
|
601 example: |
|
602 |
|
603 \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qstring.cpp 1 |
|
604 |
|
605 Similarly, you must call toAscii(), toLatin1(), toUtf8(), or |
|
606 toLocal8Bit() explicitly to convert the QString to an 8-bit |
|
607 string. (Other encodings are supported through the QTextCodec |
|
608 class.) |
|
609 |
|
610 \table 100 % |
|
611 \row |
|
612 \o |
|
613 \section1 Note for C Programmers |
|
614 |
|
615 Due to C++'s type system and the fact that QString is |
|
616 \l{implicitly shared}, QStrings may be treated like \c{int}s or |
|
617 other basic types. For example: |
|
618 |
|
619 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 7 |
|
620 |
|
621 The \c result variable, is a normal variable allocated on the |
|
622 stack. When \c return is called, and because we're returning by |
|
623 value, the copy constructor is called and a copy of the string is |
|
624 returned. No actual copying takes place thanks to the implicit |
|
625 sharing. |
|
626 |
|
627 \endtable |
|
628 |
|
629 \section1 Distinction Between Null and Empty Strings |
|
630 |
|
631 For historical reasons, QString distinguishes between a null |
|
632 string and an empty string. A \e null string is a string that is |
|
633 initialized using QString's default constructor or by passing |
|
634 (const char *)0 to the constructor. An \e empty string is any |
|
635 string with size 0. A null string is always empty, but an empty |
|
636 string isn't necessarily null: |
|
637 |
|
638 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 8 |
|
639 |
|
640 All functions except isNull() treat null strings the same as empty |
|
641 strings. For example, toAscii().constData() returns a pointer to a |
|
642 '\\0' character for a null string (\e not a null pointer), and |
|
643 QString() compares equal to QString(""). We recommend that you |
|
644 always use the isEmpty() function and avoid isNull(). |
|
645 |
|
646 \section1 Argument Formats |
|
647 |
|
648 In member functions where an argument \e format can be specified |
|
649 (e.g., arg(), number()), the argument \e format can be one of the |
|
650 following: |
|
651 |
|
652 \table |
|
653 \header \o Format \o Meaning |
|
654 \row \o \c e \o format as [-]9.9e[+|-]999 |
|
655 \row \o \c E \o format as [-]9.9E[+|-]999 |
|
656 \row \o \c f \o format as [-]9.9 |
|
657 \row \o \c g \o use \c e or \c f format, whichever is the most concise |
|
658 \row \o \c G \o use \c E or \c f format, whichever is the most concise |
|
659 \endtable |
|
660 |
|
661 A \e precision is also specified with the argument \e format. For |
|
662 the 'e', 'E', and 'f' formats, the \e precision represents the |
|
663 number of digits \e after the decimal point. For the 'g' and 'G' |
|
664 formats, the \e precision represents the maximum number of |
|
665 significant digits (trailing zeroes are omitted). |
|
666 |
|
667 \section1 More Efficient String Construction |
|
668 |
|
669 Using the QString \c{'+'} operator, it is easy to construct a |
|
670 complex string from multiple substrings. You will often write code |
|
671 like this: |
|
672 |
|
673 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/stringbuilder.cpp 0 |
|
674 |
|
675 There is nothing wrong with either of these string constructions, |
|
676 but there are a few hidden inefficiencies. Beginning with Qt 4.6, |
|
677 you can eliminate them. |
|
678 |
|
679 First, multiple uses of the \c{'+'} operator usually means |
|
680 multiple memory allocations. When concatenating \e{n} substrings, |
|
681 where \e{n > 2}, there can be as many as \e{n - 1} calls to the |
|
682 memory allocator. |
|
683 |
|
684 Second, QLatin1String does not store its length internally but |
|
685 calls qstrlen() when it needs to know its length. |
|
686 |
|
687 In 4.6, an internal template class \c{QStringBuilder} has been |
|
688 added along with a few helper functions. This class is marked |
|
689 internal and does not appear in the documentation, because you |
|
690 aren't meant to instantiate it in your code. Its use will be |
|
691 automatic, as described below. The class is found in |
|
692 \c {src/corelib/tools/qstringbuilder.cpp} if you want to have a |
|
693 look at it. |
|
694 |
|
695 \c{QStringBuilder} uses expression templates and reimplements the |
|
696 \c{'%'} operator so that when you use \c{'%'} for string |
|
697 concatenation instead of \c{'+'}, multiple substring |
|
698 concatenations will be postponed until the final result is about |
|
699 to be assigned to a QString. At this point, the amount of memory |
|
700 required for the final result is known. The memory allocator is |
|
701 then called \e{once} to get the required space, and the substrings |
|
702 are copied into it one by one. |
|
703 |
|
704 \c{QLatin1Literal} is a second internal class that can replace |
|
705 QLatin1String, which can't be changed for compatibility reasons. |
|
706 \c{QLatin1Literal} stores its length, thereby saving time when |
|
707 \c{QStringBuilder} computes the amount of memory required for the |
|
708 final string. |
|
709 |
|
710 Additional efficiency is gained by inlining and reduced reference |
|
711 counting (the QString created from a \c{QStringBuilder} typically |
|
712 has a ref count of 1, whereas QString::append() needs an extra |
|
713 test). |
|
714 |
|
715 There are three ways you can access this improved method of string |
|
716 construction. The straightforward way is to include |
|
717 \c{QStringBuilder} wherever you want to use it, and use the |
|
718 \c{'%'} operator instead of \c{'+'} when concatenating strings: |
|
719 |
|
720 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/stringbuilder.cpp 5 |
|
721 |
|
722 A more global approach is to include this define: |
|
723 |
|
724 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/stringbuilder.cpp 3 |
|
725 |
|
726 and use \c{'%'} instead of \c{'+'} for string concatenation |
|
727 everywhere. The third approach, which is the most convenient but |
|
728 not entirely source compatible, is to include two defines: |
|
729 |
|
730 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/stringbuilder.cpp 4 |
|
731 |
|
732 and the \c{'+'} will automatically be performed as the |
|
733 \c{QStringBuilder} \c{'%'} everywhere. |
|
734 |
|
735 \sa fromRawData(), QChar, QLatin1String, QByteArray, QStringRef |
|
736 */ |
|
737 |
|
738 /*! |
|
739 \enum QString::SplitBehavior |
|
740 |
|
741 This enum specifies how the split() function should behave with |
|
742 respect to empty strings. |
|
743 |
|
744 \value KeepEmptyParts If a field is empty, keep it in the result. |
|
745 \value SkipEmptyParts If a field is empty, don't include it in the result. |
|
746 |
|
747 \sa split() |
|
748 */ |
|
749 |
|
750 QString::Data QString::shared_null = { Q_BASIC_ATOMIC_INITIALIZER(1), |
|
751 0, 0, shared_null.array, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, {0} }; |
|
752 QString::Data QString::shared_empty = { Q_BASIC_ATOMIC_INITIALIZER(1), |
|
753 0, 0, shared_empty.array, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, {0} }; |
|
754 |
|
755 int QString::grow(int size) |
|
756 { |
|
757 return qAllocMore(size * sizeof(QChar), sizeof(Data)) / sizeof(QChar); |
|
758 } |
|
759 |
|
760 /*! \typedef QString::ConstIterator |
|
761 |
|
762 Qt-style synonym for QString::const_iterator. |
|
763 */ |
|
764 |
|
765 /*! \typedef QString::Iterator |
|
766 |
|
767 Qt-style synonym for QString::iterator. |
|
768 */ |
|
769 |
|
770 /*! \typedef QString::const_iterator |
|
771 |
|
772 The QString::const_iterator typedef provides an STL-style const |
|
773 iterator for QString. |
|
774 |
|
775 \sa QString::iterator |
|
776 */ |
|
777 |
|
778 /*! \typedef QString::iterator |
|
779 |
|
780 The QString::iterator typedef provides an STL-style non-const |
|
781 iterator for QString. |
|
782 |
|
783 \sa QString::const_iterator |
|
784 */ |
|
785 |
|
786 /*! \fn QString::iterator QString::begin() |
|
787 |
|
788 Returns an \l{STL-style iterator} pointing to the first character in |
|
789 the string. |
|
790 |
|
791 \sa constBegin(), end() |
|
792 */ |
|
793 |
|
794 /*! \fn QString::const_iterator QString::begin() const |
|
795 |
|
796 \overload begin() |
|
797 */ |
|
798 |
|
799 /*! \fn QString::const_iterator QString::constBegin() const |
|
800 |
|
801 Returns a const \l{STL-style iterator} pointing to the first character |
|
802 in the string. |
|
803 |
|
804 \sa begin(), constEnd() |
|
805 */ |
|
806 |
|
807 /*! \fn QString::iterator QString::end() |
|
808 |
|
809 Returns an \l{STL-style iterator} pointing to the imaginary character |
|
810 after the last character in the string. |
|
811 |
|
812 \sa begin(), constEnd() |
|
813 */ |
|
814 |
|
815 /*! \fn QString::const_iterator QString::end() const |
|
816 |
|
817 \overload end() |
|
818 */ |
|
819 |
|
820 /*! \fn QString::const_iterator QString::constEnd() const |
|
821 |
|
822 Returns a const \l{STL-style iterator} pointing to the imaginary |
|
823 item after the last item in the list. |
|
824 |
|
825 \sa constBegin(), end() |
|
826 */ |
|
827 |
|
828 /*! |
|
829 \fn QString::QString() |
|
830 |
|
831 Constructs a null string. Null strings are also empty. |
|
832 |
|
833 \sa isEmpty() |
|
834 */ |
|
835 |
|
836 /*! \fn QString::QString(const char *str) |
|
837 |
|
838 Constructs a string initialized with the ASCII string \a str. The |
|
839 given const char pointer is converted to Unicode using the |
|
840 fromAscii() function. |
|
841 |
|
842 You can disable this constructor by defining \c |
|
843 QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This |
|
844 can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings |
|
845 go through QObject::tr(), for example. |
|
846 |
|
847 \sa fromAscii(), fromLatin1(), fromLocal8Bit(), fromUtf8() |
|
848 */ |
|
849 |
|
850 /*! \fn QString QString::fromStdString(const std::string &str) |
|
851 |
|
852 Returns a copy of the \a str string. The given string is converted |
|
853 to Unicode using the fromAscii() function. |
|
854 |
|
855 This constructor is only available if Qt is configured with STL |
|
856 compatibility enabled. |
|
857 |
|
858 \sa fromAscii(), fromLatin1(), fromLocal8Bit(), fromUtf8() |
|
859 */ |
|
860 |
|
861 /*! \fn QString QString::fromStdWString(const std::wstring &str) |
|
862 |
|
863 Returns a copy of the \a str string. The given string is assumed |
|
864 to be encoded in utf16 if the size of wchar_t is 2 bytes (e.g. on |
|
865 windows) and ucs4 if the size of wchar_t is 4 bytes (most Unix |
|
866 systems). |
|
867 |
|
868 This method is only available if Qt is configured with STL |
|
869 compatibility enabled. |
|
870 |
|
871 \sa fromUtf16(), fromLatin1(), fromLocal8Bit(), fromUtf8(), fromUcs4() |
|
872 */ |
|
873 |
|
874 /*! |
|
875 \since 4.2 |
|
876 |
|
877 Returns a copy of the \a string, where the encoding of \a string depends on |
|
878 the size of wchar. If wchar is 4 bytes, the \a string is interpreted as ucs-4, |
|
879 if wchar is 2 bytes it is interpreted as ucs-2. |
|
880 |
|
881 If \a size is -1 (default), the \a string has to be 0 terminated. |
|
882 |
|
883 \sa fromUtf16(), fromLatin1(), fromLocal8Bit(), fromUtf8(), fromUcs4(), fromStdWString() |
|
884 */ |
|
885 QString QString::fromWCharArray(const wchar_t *string, int size) |
|
886 { |
|
887 if (sizeof(wchar_t) == sizeof(QChar)) { |
|
888 return fromUtf16((ushort *)string, size); |
|
889 } else { |
|
890 return fromUcs4((uint *)string, size); |
|
891 } |
|
892 } |
|
893 |
|
894 /*! \fn std::wstring QString::toStdWString() const |
|
895 |
|
896 Returns a std::wstring object with the data contained in this |
|
897 QString. The std::wstring is encoded in utf16 on platforms where |
|
898 wchar_t is 2 bytes wide (e.g. windows) and in ucs4 on platforms |
|
899 where wchar_t is 4 bytes wide (most Unix systems). |
|
900 |
|
901 This operator is mostly useful to pass a QString to a function |
|
902 that accepts a std::wstring object. |
|
903 |
|
904 This operator is only available if Qt is configured with STL |
|
905 compatibility enabled. |
|
906 |
|
907 \sa utf16(), toAscii(), toLatin1(), toUtf8(), toLocal8Bit() |
|
908 */ |
|
909 |
|
910 /*! |
|
911 \since 4.2 |
|
912 |
|
913 Fills the \a array with the data contained in this QString object. |
|
914 The array is encoded in utf16 on platforms where |
|
915 wchar_t is 2 bytes wide (e.g. windows) and in ucs4 on platforms |
|
916 where wchar_t is 4 bytes wide (most Unix systems). |
|
917 |
|
918 \a array has to be allocated by the caller and contain enough space to |
|
919 hold the complete string (allocating the array with the same length as the |
|
920 string is always sufficient). |
|
921 |
|
922 returns the actual length of the string in \a array. |
|
923 |
|
924 \note This function does not append a null character to the array. |
|
925 |
|
926 \sa utf16(), toUcs4(), toAscii(), toLatin1(), toUtf8(), toLocal8Bit(), toStdWString() |
|
927 */ |
|
928 int QString::toWCharArray(wchar_t *array) const |
|
929 { |
|
930 if (sizeof(wchar_t) == sizeof(QChar)) { |
|
931 memcpy(array, utf16(), sizeof(wchar_t)*length()); |
|
932 return length(); |
|
933 } else { |
|
934 wchar_t *a = array; |
|
935 const unsigned short *uc = utf16(); |
|
936 for (int i = 0; i < length(); ++i) { |
|
937 uint u = uc[i]; |
|
938 if (u >= 0xd800 && u < 0xdc00 && i < length()-1) { |
|
939 ushort low = uc[i+1]; |
|
940 if (low >= 0xdc00 && low < 0xe000) { |
|
941 ++i; |
|
942 u = (u - 0xd800)*0x400 + (low - 0xdc00) + 0x10000; |
|
943 } |
|
944 } |
|
945 *a = wchar_t(u); |
|
946 ++a; |
|
947 } |
|
948 return a - array; |
|
949 } |
|
950 } |
|
951 |
|
952 /*! \fn QString::QString(const QString &other) |
|
953 |
|
954 Constructs a copy of \a other. |
|
955 |
|
956 This operation takes \l{constant time}, because QString is |
|
957 \l{implicitly shared}. This makes returning a QString from a |
|
958 function very fast. If a shared instance is modified, it will be |
|
959 copied (copy-on-write), and that takes \l{linear time}. |
|
960 |
|
961 \sa operator=() |
|
962 */ |
|
963 |
|
964 /*! |
|
965 Constructs a string initialized with the first \a size characters |
|
966 of the QChar array \a unicode. |
|
967 |
|
968 QString makes a deep copy of the string data. The unicode data is copied as |
|
969 is and the Byte Order Mark is preserved if present. |
|
970 */ |
|
971 QString::QString(const QChar *unicode, int size) |
|
972 { |
|
973 if (!unicode) { |
|
974 d = &shared_null; |
|
975 d->ref.ref(); |
|
976 } else if (size <= 0) { |
|
977 d = &shared_empty; |
|
978 d->ref.ref(); |
|
979 } else { |
|
980 d = (Data*) qMalloc(sizeof(Data)+size*sizeof(QChar)); |
|
981 Q_CHECK_PTR(d); |
|
982 d->ref = 1; |
|
983 d->alloc = d->size = size; |
|
984 d->clean = d->asciiCache = d->simpletext = d->righttoleft = d->capacity = 0; |
|
985 d->data = d->array; |
|
986 memcpy(d->array, unicode, size * sizeof(QChar)); |
|
987 d->array[size] = '\0'; |
|
988 } |
|
989 } |
|
990 |
|
991 |
|
992 /*! |
|
993 Constructs a string of the given \a size with every character set |
|
994 to \a ch. |
|
995 |
|
996 \sa fill() |
|
997 */ |
|
998 QString::QString(int size, QChar ch) |
|
999 { |
|
1000 if (size <= 0) { |
|
1001 d = &shared_empty; |
|
1002 d->ref.ref(); |
|
1003 } else { |
|
1004 d = (Data*) qMalloc(sizeof(Data)+size*sizeof(QChar)); |
|
1005 Q_CHECK_PTR(d); |
|
1006 d->ref = 1; |
|
1007 d->alloc = d->size = size; |
|
1008 d->clean = d->asciiCache = d->simpletext = d->righttoleft = d->capacity = 0; |
|
1009 d->data = d->array; |
|
1010 d->array[size] = '\0'; |
|
1011 ushort *i = d->array + size; |
|
1012 ushort *b = d->array; |
|
1013 const ushort value = ch.unicode(); |
|
1014 while (i != b) |
|
1015 *--i = value; |
|
1016 } |
|
1017 } |
|
1018 |
|
1019 /*! \fn QString::QString(int size, Qt::Initialization) |
|
1020 \internal |
|
1021 |
|
1022 Constructs a string of the given \a size without initializing the |
|
1023 characters. This is only used in \c QStringBuilder::toString(). |
|
1024 */ |
|
1025 QString::QString(int size, Qt::Initialization) |
|
1026 { |
|
1027 d = (Data*) qMalloc(sizeof(Data)+size*sizeof(QChar)); |
|
1028 Q_CHECK_PTR(d); |
|
1029 d->ref = 1; |
|
1030 d->alloc = d->size = size; |
|
1031 d->clean = d->asciiCache = d->simpletext = d->righttoleft = d->capacity = 0; |
|
1032 d->data = d->array; |
|
1033 d->array[size] = '\0'; |
|
1034 } |
|
1035 |
|
1036 /*! \fn QString::QString(const QLatin1String &str) |
|
1037 |
|
1038 Constructs a copy of the Latin-1 string \a str. |
|
1039 |
|
1040 \sa fromLatin1() |
|
1041 */ |
|
1042 |
|
1043 /*! |
|
1044 Constructs a string of size 1 containing the character \a ch. |
|
1045 */ |
|
1046 QString::QString(QChar ch) |
|
1047 { |
|
1048 void *buf = qMalloc(sizeof(Data) + sizeof(QChar)); |
|
1049 Q_CHECK_PTR(buf); |
|
1050 d = reinterpret_cast<Data *>(buf); |
|
1051 d->ref = 1; |
|
1052 d->alloc = d->size = 1; |
|
1053 d->clean = d->asciiCache = d->simpletext = d->righttoleft = d->capacity = 0; |
|
1054 d->data = d->array; |
|
1055 d->array[0] = ch.unicode(); |
|
1056 d->array[1] = '\0'; |
|
1057 } |
|
1058 |
|
1059 /*! \fn QString::QString(const QByteArray &ba) |
|
1060 |
|
1061 Constructs a string initialized with the byte array \a ba. The |
|
1062 given byte array is converted to Unicode using fromAscii(). Stops |
|
1063 copying at the first 0 character, otherwise copies the entire byte |
|
1064 array. |
|
1065 |
|
1066 You can disable this constructor by defining \c |
|
1067 QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This |
|
1068 can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings |
|
1069 go through QObject::tr(), for example. |
|
1070 |
|
1071 \sa fromAscii(), fromLatin1(), fromLocal8Bit(), fromUtf8() |
|
1072 */ |
|
1073 |
|
1074 /*! \fn QString::QString(const Null &) |
|
1075 \internal |
|
1076 */ |
|
1077 |
|
1078 /*! \fn QString &QString::operator=(const Null &) |
|
1079 \internal |
|
1080 */ |
|
1081 |
|
1082 /*! |
|
1083 \fn QString::~QString() |
|
1084 |
|
1085 Destroys the string. |
|
1086 */ |
|
1087 |
|
1088 |
|
1089 /*! \fn void QString::detach() |
|
1090 |
|
1091 \internal |
|
1092 */ |
|
1093 |
|
1094 /*! \fn void QString::isDetached() const |
|
1095 |
|
1096 \internal |
|
1097 */ |
|
1098 |
|
1099 // ### Qt 5: rename freeData() to avoid confusion. See task 197625. |
|
1100 void QString::free(Data *d) |
|
1101 { |
|
1102 #ifdef QT3_SUPPORT |
|
1103 if (d->asciiCache) { |
|
1104 Q_ASSERT(asciiCache); |
|
1105 asciiCache->remove(d); |
|
1106 } |
|
1107 #endif |
|
1108 qFree(d); |
|
1109 } |
|
1110 |
|
1111 /*! |
|
1112 Sets the size of the string to \a size characters. |
|
1113 |
|
1114 If \a size is greater than the current size, the string is |
|
1115 extended to make it \a size characters long with the extra |
|
1116 characters added to the end. The new characters are uninitialized. |
|
1117 |
|
1118 If \a size is less than the current size, characters are removed |
|
1119 from the end. |
|
1120 |
|
1121 Example: |
|
1122 |
|
1123 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 45 |
|
1124 |
|
1125 If you want to append a certain number of identical characters to |
|
1126 the string, use \l operator+=() as follows rather than resize(): |
|
1127 |
|
1128 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 46 |
|
1129 |
|
1130 If you want to expand the string so that it reaches a certain |
|
1131 width and fill the new positions with a particular character, use |
|
1132 the leftJustified() function: |
|
1133 |
|
1134 If \a size is negative, it is equivalent to passing zero. |
|
1135 |
|
1136 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 47 |
|
1137 |
|
1138 \sa truncate(), reserve() |
|
1139 */ |
|
1140 |
|
1141 void QString::resize(int size) |
|
1142 { |
|
1143 if (size < 0) |
|
1144 size = 0; |
|
1145 |
|
1146 if (size == 0 && !d->capacity) { |
|
1147 Data *x = &shared_empty; |
|
1148 x->ref.ref(); |
|
1149 if (!d->ref.deref()) |
|
1150 QString::free(d); |
|
1151 d = x; |
|
1152 } else { |
|
1153 if (d->ref != 1 || size > d->alloc || |
|
1154 (!d->capacity && size < d->size && size < d->alloc >> 1)) |
|
1155 realloc(grow(size)); |
|
1156 if (d->alloc >= size) { |
|
1157 d->size = size; |
|
1158 if (d->data == d->array) { |
|
1159 d->array[size] = '\0'; |
|
1160 } |
|
1161 } |
|
1162 } |
|
1163 } |
|
1164 |
|
1165 /*! \fn int QString::capacity() const |
|
1166 |
|
1167 Returns the maximum number of characters that can be stored in |
|
1168 the string without forcing a reallocation. |
|
1169 |
|
1170 The sole purpose of this function is to provide a means of fine |
|
1171 tuning QString's memory usage. In general, you will rarely ever |
|
1172 need to call this function. If you want to know how many |
|
1173 characters are in the string, call size(). |
|
1174 |
|
1175 \sa reserve(), squeeze() |
|
1176 */ |
|
1177 |
|
1178 /*! |
|
1179 \fn void QString::reserve(int size) |
|
1180 |
|
1181 Attempts to allocate memory for at least \a size characters. If |
|
1182 you know in advance how large the string will be, you can call |
|
1183 this function, and if you resize the string often you are likely |
|
1184 to get better performance. If \a size is an underestimate, the |
|
1185 worst that will happen is that the QString will be a bit slower. |
|
1186 |
|
1187 The sole purpose of this function is to provide a means of fine |
|
1188 tuning QString's memory usage. In general, you will rarely ever |
|
1189 need to call this function. If you want to change the size of the |
|
1190 string, call resize(). |
|
1191 |
|
1192 This function is useful for code that needs to build up a long |
|
1193 string and wants to avoid repeated reallocation. In this example, |
|
1194 we want to add to the string until some condition is true, and |
|
1195 we're fairly sure that size is large enough to make a call to |
|
1196 reserve() worthwhile: |
|
1197 |
|
1198 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 44 |
|
1199 |
|
1200 \sa squeeze(), capacity() |
|
1201 */ |
|
1202 |
|
1203 /*! |
|
1204 \fn void QString::squeeze() |
|
1205 |
|
1206 Releases any memory not required to store the character data. |
|
1207 |
|
1208 The sole purpose of this function is to provide a means of fine |
|
1209 tuning QString's memory usage. In general, you will rarely ever |
|
1210 need to call this function. |
|
1211 |
|
1212 \sa reserve(), capacity() |
|
1213 */ |
|
1214 |
|
1215 // ### Qt 5: rename reallocData() to avoid confusion. 197625 |
|
1216 void QString::realloc(int alloc) |
|
1217 { |
|
1218 if (d->ref != 1 || d->data != d->array) { |
|
1219 Data *x = static_cast<Data *>(qMalloc(sizeof(Data) + alloc * sizeof(QChar))); |
|
1220 Q_CHECK_PTR(x); |
|
1221 x->size = qMin(alloc, d->size); |
|
1222 ::memcpy(x->array, d->data, x->size * sizeof(QChar)); |
|
1223 x->array[x->size] = 0; |
|
1224 x->asciiCache = 0; |
|
1225 x->ref = 1; |
|
1226 x->alloc = alloc; |
|
1227 x->clean = d->clean; |
|
1228 x->simpletext = d->simpletext; |
|
1229 x->righttoleft = d->righttoleft; |
|
1230 x->capacity = d->capacity; |
|
1231 x->data = x->array; |
|
1232 if (!d->ref.deref()) |
|
1233 QString::free(d); |
|
1234 d = x; |
|
1235 } else { |
|
1236 #ifdef QT3_SUPPORT |
|
1237 if (d->asciiCache) { |
|
1238 Q_ASSERT(asciiCache); |
|
1239 asciiCache->remove(d); |
|
1240 } |
|
1241 #endif |
|
1242 d = static_cast<Data *>(q_check_ptr(qRealloc(d, sizeof(Data) + alloc * sizeof(QChar)))); |
|
1243 d->alloc = alloc; |
|
1244 d->data = d->array; |
|
1245 } |
|
1246 } |
|
1247 |
|
1248 void QString::realloc() |
|
1249 { |
|
1250 realloc(d->size); |
|
1251 } |
|
1252 |
|
1253 void QString::expand(int i) |
|
1254 { |
|
1255 int sz = d->size; |
|
1256 resize(qMax(i + 1, sz)); |
|
1257 if (d->size - 1 > sz) { |
|
1258 ushort *n = d->data + d->size - 1; |
|
1259 ushort *e = d->data + sz; |
|
1260 while (n != e) |
|
1261 * --n = ' '; |
|
1262 } |
|
1263 } |
|
1264 |
|
1265 /*! \fn void QString::clear() |
|
1266 |
|
1267 Clears the contents of the string and makes it empty. |
|
1268 |
|
1269 \sa resize(), isEmpty() |
|
1270 */ |
|
1271 |
|
1272 /*! \fn QString &QString::operator=(const QString &other) |
|
1273 |
|
1274 Assigns \a other to this string and returns a reference to this |
|
1275 string. |
|
1276 */ |
|
1277 |
|
1278 QString &QString::operator=(const QString &other) |
|
1279 { |
|
1280 other.d->ref.ref(); |
|
1281 if (!d->ref.deref()) |
|
1282 QString::free(d); |
|
1283 d = other.d; |
|
1284 return *this; |
|
1285 } |
|
1286 |
|
1287 |
|
1288 /*! \fn QString &QString::operator=(const QLatin1String &str) |
|
1289 |
|
1290 \overload operator=() |
|
1291 |
|
1292 Assigns the Latin-1 string \a str to this string. |
|
1293 */ |
|
1294 |
|
1295 /*! \fn QString &QString::operator=(const QByteArray &ba) |
|
1296 |
|
1297 \overload operator=() |
|
1298 |
|
1299 Assigns \a ba to this string. The byte array is converted to |
|
1300 Unicode using the fromAscii() function. |
|
1301 |
|
1302 You can disable this operator by defining \c |
|
1303 QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This |
|
1304 can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings |
|
1305 go through QObject::tr(), for example. |
|
1306 */ |
|
1307 |
|
1308 /*! \fn QString &QString::operator=(const char *str) |
|
1309 |
|
1310 \overload operator=() |
|
1311 |
|
1312 Assigns \a str to this string. The const char pointer is converted |
|
1313 to Unicode using the fromAscii() function. |
|
1314 |
|
1315 You can disable this operator by defining \c |
|
1316 QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This |
|
1317 can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings |
|
1318 go through QObject::tr(), for example. |
|
1319 */ |
|
1320 |
|
1321 /*! \fn QString &QString::operator=(char ch) |
|
1322 |
|
1323 \overload operator=() |
|
1324 |
|
1325 Assigns character \a ch to this string. The character is converted |
|
1326 to Unicode using the fromAscii() function. |
|
1327 |
|
1328 You can disable this operator by defining \c |
|
1329 QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This |
|
1330 can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings |
|
1331 go through QObject::tr(), for example. |
|
1332 */ |
|
1333 |
|
1334 /*! |
|
1335 \overload operator=() |
|
1336 |
|
1337 Sets the string to contain the single character \a ch. |
|
1338 */ |
|
1339 QString &QString::operator=(QChar ch) |
|
1340 { |
|
1341 return operator=(QString(ch)); |
|
1342 } |
|
1343 |
|
1344 /*! |
|
1345 \fn QString& QString::insert(int position, const QString &str) |
|
1346 |
|
1347 Inserts the string \a str at the given index \a position and |
|
1348 returns a reference to this string. |
|
1349 |
|
1350 Example: |
|
1351 |
|
1352 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 26 |
|
1353 |
|
1354 If the given \a position is greater than size(), the array is |
|
1355 first extended using resize(). |
|
1356 |
|
1357 \sa append(), prepend(), replace(), remove() |
|
1358 */ |
|
1359 |
|
1360 |
|
1361 /*! |
|
1362 \fn QString &QString::insert(int position, const QLatin1String &str) |
|
1363 \overload insert() |
|
1364 |
|
1365 Inserts the Latin-1 string \a str at the given index \a position. |
|
1366 */ |
|
1367 QString &QString::insert(int i, const QLatin1String &str) |
|
1368 { |
|
1369 const uchar *s = (const uchar *)str.latin1(); |
|
1370 if (i < 0 || !s || !(*s)) |
|
1371 return *this; |
|
1372 |
|
1373 int len = qstrlen(str.latin1()); |
|
1374 expand(qMax(d->size, i) + len - 1); |
|
1375 |
|
1376 ::memmove(d->data + i + len, d->data + i, (d->size - i - len) * sizeof(QChar)); |
|
1377 for (int j = 0; j < len; ++j) |
|
1378 d->data[i + j] = s[j]; |
|
1379 return *this; |
|
1380 } |
|
1381 |
|
1382 /*! |
|
1383 \fn QString& QString::insert(int position, const QChar *unicode, int size) |
|
1384 \overload insert() |
|
1385 |
|
1386 Inserts the first \a size characters of the QChar array \a unicode |
|
1387 at the given index \a position in the string. |
|
1388 */ |
|
1389 QString& QString::insert(int i, const QChar *unicode, int size) |
|
1390 { |
|
1391 if (i < 0 || size <= 0) |
|
1392 return *this; |
|
1393 |
|
1394 const ushort *s = (const ushort *)unicode; |
|
1395 if (s >= d->data && s < d->data + d->alloc) { |
|
1396 // Part of me - take a copy |
|
1397 ushort *tmp = static_cast<ushort *>(qMalloc(size * sizeof(QChar))); |
|
1398 Q_CHECK_PTR(tmp); |
|
1399 memcpy(tmp, s, size * sizeof(QChar)); |
|
1400 insert(i, reinterpret_cast<const QChar *>(tmp), size); |
|
1401 qFree(tmp); |
|
1402 return *this; |
|
1403 } |
|
1404 |
|
1405 expand(qMax(d->size, i) + size - 1); |
|
1406 |
|
1407 ::memmove(d->data + i + size, d->data + i, (d->size - i - size) * sizeof(QChar)); |
|
1408 memcpy(d->data + i, s, size * sizeof(QChar)); |
|
1409 return *this; |
|
1410 } |
|
1411 |
|
1412 /*! |
|
1413 \fn QString& QString::insert(int position, QChar ch) |
|
1414 \overload insert() |
|
1415 |
|
1416 Inserts \a ch at the given index \a position in the string. |
|
1417 */ |
|
1418 |
|
1419 QString& QString::insert(int i, QChar ch) |
|
1420 { |
|
1421 if (i < 0) |
|
1422 i += d->size; |
|
1423 if (i < 0) |
|
1424 return *this; |
|
1425 expand(qMax(i, d->size)); |
|
1426 ::memmove(d->data + i + 1, d->data + i, (d->size - i) * sizeof(QChar)); |
|
1427 d->data[i] = ch.unicode(); |
|
1428 return *this; |
|
1429 } |
|
1430 |
|
1431 /*! |
|
1432 Appends the string \a str onto the end of this string. |
|
1433 |
|
1434 Example: |
|
1435 |
|
1436 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 9 |
|
1437 |
|
1438 This is the same as using the insert() function: |
|
1439 |
|
1440 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 10 |
|
1441 |
|
1442 The append() function is typically very fast (\l{constant time}), |
|
1443 because QString preallocates extra space at the end of the string |
|
1444 data so it can grow without reallocating the entire string each |
|
1445 time. |
|
1446 |
|
1447 \sa operator+=(), prepend(), insert() |
|
1448 */ |
|
1449 QString &QString::append(const QString &str) |
|
1450 { |
|
1451 if (str.d != &shared_null) { |
|
1452 if (d == &shared_null) { |
|
1453 operator=(str); |
|
1454 } else { |
|
1455 if (d->ref != 1 || d->size + str.d->size > d->alloc) |
|
1456 realloc(grow(d->size + str.d->size)); |
|
1457 memcpy(d->data + d->size, str.d->data, str.d->size * sizeof(QChar)); |
|
1458 d->size += str.d->size; |
|
1459 d->data[d->size] = '\0'; |
|
1460 } |
|
1461 } |
|
1462 return *this; |
|
1463 } |
|
1464 |
|
1465 /*! |
|
1466 \overload append() |
|
1467 |
|
1468 Appends the Latin-1 string \a str to this string. |
|
1469 */ |
|
1470 QString &QString::append(const QLatin1String &str) |
|
1471 { |
|
1472 const uchar *s = (const uchar *)str.latin1(); |
|
1473 if (s) { |
|
1474 int len = qstrlen((char *)s); |
|
1475 if (d->ref != 1 || d->size + len > d->alloc) |
|
1476 realloc(grow(d->size + len)); |
|
1477 ushort *i = d->data + d->size; |
|
1478 while ((*i++ = *s++)) |
|
1479 ; |
|
1480 d->size += len; |
|
1481 } |
|
1482 return *this; |
|
1483 } |
|
1484 |
|
1485 /*! \fn QString &QString::append(const QByteArray &ba) |
|
1486 |
|
1487 \overload append() |
|
1488 |
|
1489 Appends the byte array \a ba to this string. The given byte array |
|
1490 is converted to Unicode using the fromAscii() function. |
|
1491 |
|
1492 You can disable this function by defining \c QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII |
|
1493 when you compile your applications. This can be useful if you want |
|
1494 to ensure that all user-visible strings go through QObject::tr(), |
|
1495 for example. |
|
1496 */ |
|
1497 |
|
1498 /*! \fn QString &QString::append(const char *str) |
|
1499 |
|
1500 \overload append() |
|
1501 |
|
1502 Appends the string \a str to this string. The given const char |
|
1503 pointer is converted to Unicode using the fromAscii() function. |
|
1504 |
|
1505 You can disable this function by defining \c QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII |
|
1506 when you compile your applications. This can be useful if you want |
|
1507 to ensure that all user-visible strings go through QObject::tr(), |
|
1508 for example. |
|
1509 */ |
|
1510 |
|
1511 /*! |
|
1512 \overload append() |
|
1513 |
|
1514 Appends the character \a ch to this string. |
|
1515 */ |
|
1516 QString &QString::append(QChar ch) |
|
1517 { |
|
1518 if (d->ref != 1 || d->size + 1 > d->alloc) |
|
1519 realloc(grow(d->size + 1)); |
|
1520 d->data[d->size++] = ch.unicode(); |
|
1521 d->data[d->size] = '\0'; |
|
1522 return *this; |
|
1523 } |
|
1524 |
|
1525 /*! \fn QString &QString::prepend(const QString &str) |
|
1526 |
|
1527 Prepends the string \a str to the beginning of this string and |
|
1528 returns a reference to this string. |
|
1529 |
|
1530 Example: |
|
1531 |
|
1532 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 36 |
|
1533 |
|
1534 \sa append(), insert() |
|
1535 */ |
|
1536 |
|
1537 /*! \fn QString &QString::prepend(const QLatin1String &str) |
|
1538 |
|
1539 \overload prepend() |
|
1540 |
|
1541 Prepends the Latin-1 string \a str to this string. |
|
1542 */ |
|
1543 |
|
1544 /*! \fn QString &QString::prepend(const QByteArray &ba) |
|
1545 |
|
1546 \overload prepend() |
|
1547 |
|
1548 Prepends the byte array \a ba to this string. The byte array is |
|
1549 converted to Unicode using the fromAscii() function. |
|
1550 |
|
1551 You can disable this function by defining \c |
|
1552 QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This |
|
1553 can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings |
|
1554 go through QObject::tr(), for example. |
|
1555 */ |
|
1556 |
|
1557 /*! \fn QString &QString::prepend(const char *str) |
|
1558 |
|
1559 \overload prepend() |
|
1560 |
|
1561 Prepends the string \a str to this string. The const char pointer |
|
1562 is converted to Unicode using the fromAscii() function. |
|
1563 |
|
1564 You can disable this function by defining \c |
|
1565 QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This |
|
1566 can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings |
|
1567 go through QObject::tr(), for example. |
|
1568 */ |
|
1569 |
|
1570 /*! \fn QString &QString::prepend(QChar ch) |
|
1571 |
|
1572 \overload prepend() |
|
1573 |
|
1574 Prepends the character \a ch to this string. |
|
1575 */ |
|
1576 |
|
1577 /*! |
|
1578 \fn QString &QString::remove(int position, int n) |
|
1579 |
|
1580 Removes \a n characters from the string, starting at the given \a |
|
1581 position index, and returns a reference to the string. |
|
1582 |
|
1583 If the specified \a position index is within the string, but \a |
|
1584 position + \a n is beyond the end of the string, the string is |
|
1585 truncated at the specified \a position. |
|
1586 |
|
1587 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 37 |
|
1588 |
|
1589 \sa insert(), replace() |
|
1590 */ |
|
1591 QString &QString::remove(int pos, int len) |
|
1592 { |
|
1593 if (pos < 0) |
|
1594 pos += d->size; |
|
1595 if (pos < 0 || pos >= d->size) { |
|
1596 // range problems |
|
1597 } else if (pos + len >= d->size) { // pos ok |
|
1598 resize(pos); |
|
1599 } else if (len > 0) { |
|
1600 detach(); |
|
1601 memmove(d->data + pos, d->data + pos + len, |
|
1602 (d->size - pos - len + 1) * sizeof(ushort)); |
|
1603 d->size -= len; |
|
1604 } |
|
1605 return *this; |
|
1606 } |
|
1607 |
|
1608 /*! |
|
1609 Removes every occurrence of the given \a str string in this |
|
1610 string, and returns a reference to this string. |
|
1611 |
|
1612 If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive (default), the search is |
|
1613 case sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive. |
|
1614 |
|
1615 This is the same as \c replace(str, "", cs). |
|
1616 |
|
1617 \sa replace() |
|
1618 */ |
|
1619 QString &QString::remove(const QString &str, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) |
|
1620 { |
|
1621 if (str.d->size) { |
|
1622 int i = 0; |
|
1623 while ((i = indexOf(str, i, cs)) != -1) |
|
1624 remove(i, str.d->size); |
|
1625 } |
|
1626 return *this; |
|
1627 } |
|
1628 |
|
1629 /*! |
|
1630 Removes every occurrence of the character \a ch in this string, and |
|
1631 returns a reference to this string. |
|
1632 |
|
1633 If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive (default), the search is case |
|
1634 sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive. |
|
1635 |
|
1636 Example: |
|
1637 |
|
1638 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 38 |
|
1639 |
|
1640 This is the same as \c replace(ch, "", cs). |
|
1641 |
|
1642 \sa replace() |
|
1643 */ |
|
1644 QString &QString::remove(QChar ch, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) |
|
1645 { |
|
1646 int i = 0; |
|
1647 ushort c = ch.unicode(); |
|
1648 if (cs == Qt::CaseSensitive) { |
|
1649 while (i < d->size) |
|
1650 if (d->data[i] == ch) |
|
1651 remove(i, 1); |
|
1652 else |
|
1653 i++; |
|
1654 } else { |
|
1655 c = foldCase(c); |
|
1656 while (i < d->size) |
|
1657 if (foldCase(d->data[i]) == c) |
|
1658 remove(i, 1); |
|
1659 else |
|
1660 i++; |
|
1661 } |
|
1662 return *this; |
|
1663 } |
|
1664 |
|
1665 /*! |
|
1666 \fn QString &QString::remove(const QRegExp &rx) |
|
1667 |
|
1668 Removes every occurrence of the regular expression \a rx in the |
|
1669 string, and returns a reference to the string. For example: |
|
1670 |
|
1671 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 39 |
|
1672 |
|
1673 \sa indexOf(), lastIndexOf(), replace() |
|
1674 */ |
|
1675 |
|
1676 /*! |
|
1677 \fn QString &QString::replace(int position, int n, const QString &after) |
|
1678 |
|
1679 Replaces \a n characters beginning at index \a position with |
|
1680 the string \a after and returns a reference to this string. |
|
1681 |
|
1682 Example: |
|
1683 |
|
1684 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 40 |
|
1685 |
|
1686 \sa insert(), remove() |
|
1687 */ |
|
1688 QString &QString::replace(int pos, int len, const QString &after) |
|
1689 { |
|
1690 QString copy = after; |
|
1691 return replace(pos, len, copy.constData(), copy.length()); |
|
1692 } |
|
1693 |
|
1694 /*! |
|
1695 \fn QString &QString::replace(int position, int n, const QChar *unicode, int size) |
|
1696 \overload replace() |
|
1697 Replaces \a n characters beginning at index \a position with the |
|
1698 first \a size characters of the QChar array \a unicode and returns a |
|
1699 reference to this string. |
|
1700 */ |
|
1701 QString &QString::replace(int pos, int len, const QChar *unicode, int size) |
|
1702 { |
|
1703 if (pos < 0 || pos > d->size) |
|
1704 return *this; |
|
1705 if (pos + len > d->size) |
|
1706 len = d->size - pos; |
|
1707 |
|
1708 uint index = pos; |
|
1709 replace_helper(&index, 1, len, unicode, size); |
|
1710 return *this; |
|
1711 } |
|
1712 |
|
1713 /*! |
|
1714 \fn QString &QString::replace(int position, int n, QChar after) |
|
1715 \overload replace() |
|
1716 |
|
1717 Replaces \a n characters beginning at index \a position with the |
|
1718 character \a after and returns a reference to this string. |
|
1719 */ |
|
1720 QString &QString::replace(int pos, int len, QChar after) |
|
1721 { |
|
1722 return replace(pos, len, &after, 1); |
|
1723 } |
|
1724 |
|
1725 /*! |
|
1726 \overload replace() |
|
1727 Replaces every occurrence of the string \a before with the string \a |
|
1728 after and returns a reference to this string. |
|
1729 |
|
1730 If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive (default), the search is case |
|
1731 sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive. |
|
1732 |
|
1733 Example: |
|
1734 |
|
1735 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 41 |
|
1736 |
|
1737 \note The replacement text is not rescanned after it is inserted. |
|
1738 |
|
1739 Example: |
|
1740 |
|
1741 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 86 |
|
1742 */ |
|
1743 QString &QString::replace(const QString &before, const QString &after, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) |
|
1744 { |
|
1745 return replace(before.constData(), before.size(), after.constData(), after.size(), cs); |
|
1746 } |
|
1747 |
|
1748 /*! |
|
1749 \internal |
|
1750 */ |
|
1751 void QString::replace_helper(uint *indices, int nIndices, int blen, const QChar *after, int alen) |
|
1752 { |
|
1753 // copy *after in case it lies inside our own d->data area |
|
1754 // (which we could possibly invalidate via a realloc or corrupt via memcpy operations.) |
|
1755 QChar *afterBuffer = const_cast<QChar *>(after); |
|
1756 if (after >= reinterpret_cast<QChar *>(d->data) && after < reinterpret_cast<QChar *>(d->data) + d->size) { |
|
1757 afterBuffer = static_cast<QChar *>(qMalloc(alen*sizeof(QChar))); |
|
1758 Q_CHECK_PTR(afterBuffer); |
|
1759 ::memcpy(afterBuffer, after, alen*sizeof(QChar)); |
|
1760 } |
|
1761 |
|
1762 QT_TRY { |
|
1763 detach(); |
|
1764 if (blen == alen) { |
|
1765 // replace in place |
|
1766 for (int i = 0; i < nIndices; ++i) |
|
1767 memcpy(d->data + indices[i], afterBuffer, alen * sizeof(QChar)); |
|
1768 } else if (alen < blen) { |
|
1769 // replace from front |
|
1770 uint to = indices[0]; |
|
1771 if (alen) |
|
1772 memcpy(d->data+to, after, alen*sizeof(QChar)); |
|
1773 to += alen; |
|
1774 uint movestart = indices[0] + blen; |
|
1775 for (int i = 1; i < nIndices; ++i) { |
|
1776 int msize = indices[i] - movestart; |
|
1777 if (msize > 0) { |
|
1778 memmove(d->data + to, d->data + movestart, msize * sizeof(QChar)); |
|
1779 to += msize; |
|
1780 } |
|
1781 if (alen) { |
|
1782 memcpy(d->data + to, afterBuffer, alen*sizeof(QChar)); |
|
1783 to += alen; |
|
1784 } |
|
1785 movestart = indices[i] + blen; |
|
1786 } |
|
1787 int msize = d->size - movestart; |
|
1788 if (msize > 0) |
|
1789 memmove(d->data + to, d->data + movestart, msize * sizeof(QChar)); |
|
1790 resize(d->size - nIndices*(blen-alen)); |
|
1791 } else { |
|
1792 // replace from back |
|
1793 int adjust = nIndices*(alen-blen); |
|
1794 int newLen = d->size + adjust; |
|
1795 int moveend = d->size; |
|
1796 resize(newLen); |
|
1797 |
|
1798 while (nIndices) { |
|
1799 --nIndices; |
|
1800 int movestart = indices[nIndices] + blen; |
|
1801 int insertstart = indices[nIndices] + nIndices*(alen-blen); |
|
1802 int moveto = insertstart + alen; |
|
1803 memmove(d->data + moveto, d->data + movestart, |
|
1804 (moveend - movestart)*sizeof(QChar)); |
|
1805 memcpy(d->data + insertstart, afterBuffer, alen*sizeof(QChar)); |
|
1806 moveend = movestart-blen; |
|
1807 } |
|
1808 } |
|
1809 } QT_CATCH(const std::bad_alloc &) { |
|
1810 if (afterBuffer != after) |
|
1811 qFree(afterBuffer); |
|
1812 QT_RETHROW; |
|
1813 } |
|
1814 if (afterBuffer != after) |
|
1815 qFree(afterBuffer); |
|
1816 } |
|
1817 |
|
1818 /*! |
|
1819 \since 4.5 |
|
1820 \overload replace() |
|
1821 |
|
1822 Replaces each occurrence in this string of the first \a blen |
|
1823 characters of \a before with the first \a alen characters of \a |
|
1824 after and returns a reference to this string. |
|
1825 |
|
1826 If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive (default), the search is case |
|
1827 sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive. |
|
1828 */ |
|
1829 QString &QString::replace(const QChar *before, int blen, |
|
1830 const QChar *after, int alen, |
|
1831 Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) |
|
1832 { |
|
1833 if (d->size == 0) { |
|
1834 if (blen) |
|
1835 return *this; |
|
1836 } else { |
|
1837 if (cs == Qt::CaseSensitive && before == after && blen == alen) |
|
1838 return *this; |
|
1839 } |
|
1840 if (alen == 0 && blen == 0) |
|
1841 return *this; |
|
1842 |
|
1843 QStringMatcher matcher(before, blen, cs); |
|
1844 |
|
1845 int index = 0; |
|
1846 while (1) { |
|
1847 uint indices[1024]; |
|
1848 uint pos = 0; |
|
1849 while (pos < 1023) { |
|
1850 index = matcher.indexIn(*this, index); |
|
1851 if (index == -1) |
|
1852 break; |
|
1853 indices[pos++] = index; |
|
1854 index += blen; |
|
1855 // avoid infinite loop |
|
1856 if (!blen) |
|
1857 index++; |
|
1858 } |
|
1859 if (!pos) |
|
1860 break; |
|
1861 |
|
1862 replace_helper(indices, pos, blen, after, alen); |
|
1863 |
|
1864 if (index == -1) |
|
1865 break; |
|
1866 // index has to be adjusted in case we get back into the loop above. |
|
1867 index += pos*(alen-blen); |
|
1868 } |
|
1869 |
|
1870 return *this; |
|
1871 } |
|
1872 |
|
1873 /*! |
|
1874 \overload replace() |
|
1875 Replaces every occurrence of the character \a ch in the string with |
|
1876 \a after and returns a reference to this string. |
|
1877 |
|
1878 If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive (default), the search is case |
|
1879 sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive. |
|
1880 */ |
|
1881 QString& QString::replace(QChar ch, const QString &after, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) |
|
1882 { |
|
1883 if (after.d->size == 0) |
|
1884 return remove(ch, cs); |
|
1885 |
|
1886 if (after.d->size == 1) |
|
1887 return replace(ch, after.d->data[0], cs); |
|
1888 |
|
1889 if (d->size == 0) |
|
1890 return *this; |
|
1891 |
|
1892 ushort cc = (cs == Qt::CaseSensitive ? ch.unicode() : ch.toCaseFolded().unicode()); |
|
1893 |
|
1894 int index = 0; |
|
1895 while (1) { |
|
1896 uint indices[1024]; |
|
1897 uint pos = 0; |
|
1898 if (cs == Qt::CaseSensitive) { |
|
1899 while (pos < 1023 && index < d->size) { |
|
1900 if (d->data[index] == cc) |
|
1901 indices[pos++] = index; |
|
1902 index++; |
|
1903 } |
|
1904 } else { |
|
1905 while (pos < 1023 && index < d->size) { |
|
1906 if (QChar::toCaseFolded(d->data[index]) == cc) |
|
1907 indices[pos++] = index; |
|
1908 index++; |
|
1909 } |
|
1910 } |
|
1911 if (!pos) |
|
1912 break; |
|
1913 |
|
1914 replace_helper(indices, pos, 1, after.constData(), after.d->size); |
|
1915 |
|
1916 if (index == -1) |
|
1917 break; |
|
1918 // index has to be adjusted in case we get back into the loop above. |
|
1919 index += pos*(after.d->size - 1); |
|
1920 } |
|
1921 return *this; |
|
1922 } |
|
1923 |
|
1924 /*! |
|
1925 \overload replace() |
|
1926 Replaces every occurrence of the character \a before with the |
|
1927 character \a after and returns a reference to this string. |
|
1928 |
|
1929 If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive (default), the search is case |
|
1930 sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive. |
|
1931 */ |
|
1932 QString& QString::replace(QChar before, QChar after, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) |
|
1933 { |
|
1934 ushort a = after.unicode(); |
|
1935 ushort b = before.unicode(); |
|
1936 if (d->size) { |
|
1937 detach(); |
|
1938 ushort *i = d->data; |
|
1939 const ushort *e = i + d->size; |
|
1940 if (cs == Qt::CaseSensitive) { |
|
1941 for (; i != e; ++i) |
|
1942 if (*i == b) |
|
1943 *i = a; |
|
1944 } else { |
|
1945 b = foldCase(b); |
|
1946 for (; i != e; ++i) |
|
1947 if (foldCase(*i) == b) |
|
1948 *i = a; |
|
1949 } |
|
1950 } |
|
1951 return *this; |
|
1952 } |
|
1953 |
|
1954 /*! |
|
1955 \since 4.5 |
|
1956 \overload replace() |
|
1957 |
|
1958 Replaces every occurrence of the string \a before with the string \a |
|
1959 after and returns a reference to this string. |
|
1960 |
|
1961 If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive (default), the search is case |
|
1962 sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive. |
|
1963 |
|
1964 \note The text is not rescanned after a replacement. |
|
1965 */ |
|
1966 QString &QString::replace(const QLatin1String &before, |
|
1967 const QLatin1String &after, |
|
1968 Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) |
|
1969 { |
|
1970 int alen = qstrlen(after.latin1()); |
|
1971 QVarLengthArray<ushort> a(alen); |
|
1972 for (int i = 0; i < alen; ++i) |
|
1973 a[i] = (uchar)after.latin1()[i]; |
|
1974 int blen = qstrlen(before.latin1()); |
|
1975 QVarLengthArray<ushort> b(blen); |
|
1976 for (int i = 0; i < blen; ++i) |
|
1977 b[i] = (uchar)before.latin1()[i]; |
|
1978 return replace((const QChar *)b.data(), blen, (const QChar *)a.data(), alen, cs); |
|
1979 } |
|
1980 |
|
1981 /*! |
|
1982 \since 4.5 |
|
1983 \overload replace() |
|
1984 |
|
1985 Replaces every occurrence of the string \a before with the string \a |
|
1986 after and returns a reference to this string. |
|
1987 |
|
1988 If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive (default), the search is case |
|
1989 sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive. |
|
1990 |
|
1991 \note The text is not rescanned after a replacement. |
|
1992 */ |
|
1993 QString &QString::replace(const QLatin1String &before, |
|
1994 const QString &after, |
|
1995 Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) |
|
1996 { |
|
1997 int blen = qstrlen(before.latin1()); |
|
1998 QVarLengthArray<ushort> b(blen); |
|
1999 for (int i = 0; i < blen; ++i) |
|
2000 b[i] = (uchar)before.latin1()[i]; |
|
2001 return replace((const QChar *)b.data(), blen, after.constData(), after.d->size, cs); |
|
2002 } |
|
2003 |
|
2004 /*! |
|
2005 \since 4.5 |
|
2006 \overload replace() |
|
2007 |
|
2008 Replaces every occurrence of the string \a before with the string \a |
|
2009 after and returns a reference to this string. |
|
2010 |
|
2011 If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive (default), the search is case |
|
2012 sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive. |
|
2013 |
|
2014 \note The text is not rescanned after a replacement. |
|
2015 */ |
|
2016 QString &QString::replace(const QString &before, |
|
2017 const QLatin1String &after, |
|
2018 Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) |
|
2019 { |
|
2020 int alen = qstrlen(after.latin1()); |
|
2021 QVarLengthArray<ushort> a(alen); |
|
2022 for (int i = 0; i < alen; ++i) |
|
2023 a[i] = (uchar)after.latin1()[i]; |
|
2024 return replace(before.constData(), before.d->size, (const QChar *)a.data(), alen, cs); |
|
2025 } |
|
2026 |
|
2027 /*! |
|
2028 \since 4.5 |
|
2029 \overload replace() |
|
2030 |
|
2031 Replaces every occurrence of the character \a c with the string \a |
|
2032 after and returns a reference to this string. |
|
2033 |
|
2034 If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive (default), the search is case |
|
2035 sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive. |
|
2036 |
|
2037 \note The text is not rescanned after a replacement. |
|
2038 */ |
|
2039 QString &QString::replace(QChar c, const QLatin1String &after, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) |
|
2040 { |
|
2041 int alen = qstrlen(after.latin1()); |
|
2042 QVarLengthArray<ushort> a(alen); |
|
2043 for (int i = 0; i < alen; ++i) |
|
2044 a[i] = (uchar)after.latin1()[i]; |
|
2045 return replace(&c, 1, (const QChar *)a.data(), alen, cs); |
|
2046 } |
|
2047 |
|
2048 |
|
2049 /*! |
|
2050 Returns true if string \a other is equal to this string; otherwise |
|
2051 returns false. |
|
2052 |
|
2053 The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values of |
|
2054 the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would |
|
2055 expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings with |
|
2056 localeAwareCompare(). |
|
2057 */ |
|
2058 bool QString::operator==(const QString &other) const |
|
2059 { |
|
2060 if (d->size != other.d->size) |
|
2061 return false; |
|
2062 |
|
2063 return qMemEquals(d->data, other.d->data, d->size); |
|
2064 } |
|
2065 |
|
2066 /*! |
|
2067 \overload operator==() |
|
2068 */ |
|
2069 bool QString::operator==(const QLatin1String &other) const |
|
2070 { |
|
2071 const ushort *uc = d->data; |
|
2072 const ushort *e = uc + d->size; |
|
2073 const uchar *c = (uchar *)other.latin1(); |
|
2074 |
|
2075 if (!c) |
|
2076 return isEmpty(); |
|
2077 |
|
2078 while (*c) { |
|
2079 if (uc == e || *uc != *c) |
|
2080 return false; |
|
2081 ++uc; |
|
2082 ++c; |
|
2083 } |
|
2084 return (uc == e); |
|
2085 } |
|
2086 |
|
2087 /*! \fn bool QString::operator==(const QByteArray &other) const |
|
2088 |
|
2089 \overload operator==() |
|
2090 |
|
2091 The \a other byte array is converted to a QString using the |
|
2092 fromAscii() function. |
|
2093 |
|
2094 You can disable this operator by defining \c |
|
2095 QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This |
|
2096 can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings |
|
2097 go through QObject::tr(), for example. |
|
2098 */ |
|
2099 |
|
2100 /*! \fn bool QString::operator==(const char *other) const |
|
2101 |
|
2102 \overload operator==() |
|
2103 |
|
2104 The \a other const char pointer is converted to a QString using |
|
2105 the fromAscii() function. |
|
2106 |
|
2107 You can disable this operator by defining \c |
|
2108 QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This |
|
2109 can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings |
|
2110 go through QObject::tr(), for example. |
|
2111 */ |
|
2112 |
|
2113 /*! |
|
2114 Returns true if this string is lexically less than string \a |
|
2115 other; otherwise returns false. |
|
2116 |
|
2117 The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values |
|
2118 of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would |
|
2119 expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings using the |
|
2120 QString::localeAwareCompare() function. |
|
2121 */ |
|
2122 bool QString::operator<(const QString &other) const |
|
2123 { |
|
2124 return ucstrcmp(constData(), length(), other.constData(), other.length()) < 0; |
|
2125 } |
|
2126 |
|
2127 /*! |
|
2128 \overload operator<() |
|
2129 */ |
|
2130 bool QString::operator<(const QLatin1String &other) const |
|
2131 { |
|
2132 const ushort *uc = d->data; |
|
2133 const ushort *e = uc + d->size; |
|
2134 const uchar *c = (uchar *) other.latin1(); |
|
2135 |
|
2136 if (!c || *c == 0) |
|
2137 return false; |
|
2138 |
|
2139 while (*c) { |
|
2140 if (uc == e || *uc != *c) |
|
2141 break; |
|
2142 ++uc; |
|
2143 ++c; |
|
2144 } |
|
2145 return (uc == e ? *c : *uc < *c); |
|
2146 } |
|
2147 |
|
2148 /*! \fn bool QString::operator<(const QByteArray &other) const |
|
2149 |
|
2150 \overload operator<() |
|
2151 |
|
2152 The \a other byte array is converted to a QString using the |
|
2153 fromAscii() function. |
|
2154 |
|
2155 You can disable this operator by defining \c |
|
2156 QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This |
|
2157 can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings |
|
2158 go through QObject::tr(), for example. |
|
2159 */ |
|
2160 |
|
2161 /*! \fn bool QString::operator<(const char *other) const |
|
2162 |
|
2163 \overload operator<() |
|
2164 |
|
2165 The \a other const char pointer is converted to a QString using |
|
2166 the fromAscii() function. |
|
2167 |
|
2168 You can disable this operator by defining \c |
|
2169 QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This |
|
2170 can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings |
|
2171 go through QObject::tr(), for example. |
|
2172 */ |
|
2173 |
|
2174 /*! \fn bool QString::operator<=(const QString &other) const |
|
2175 |
|
2176 Returns true if this string is lexically less than or equal to |
|
2177 string \a other; otherwise returns false. |
|
2178 |
|
2179 The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values |
|
2180 of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would |
|
2181 expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings with |
|
2182 localeAwareCompare(). |
|
2183 */ |
|
2184 |
|
2185 /*! \fn bool QString::operator<=(const QLatin1String &other) const |
|
2186 |
|
2187 \overload operator<=() |
|
2188 */ |
|
2189 |
|
2190 /*! \fn bool QString::operator<=(const QByteArray &other) const |
|
2191 |
|
2192 \overload operator<=() |
|
2193 |
|
2194 The \a other byte array is converted to a QString using the |
|
2195 fromAscii() function. |
|
2196 |
|
2197 You can disable this operator by defining \c |
|
2198 QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This |
|
2199 can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings |
|
2200 go through QObject::tr(), for example. |
|
2201 */ |
|
2202 |
|
2203 /*! \fn bool QString::operator<=(const char *other) const |
|
2204 |
|
2205 \overload operator<=() |
|
2206 |
|
2207 The \a other const char pointer is converted to a QString using |
|
2208 the fromAscii() function. |
|
2209 |
|
2210 You can disable this operator by defining \c |
|
2211 QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This |
|
2212 can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings |
|
2213 go through QObject::tr(), for example. |
|
2214 */ |
|
2215 |
|
2216 /*! \fn bool QString::operator>(const QString &other) const |
|
2217 |
|
2218 Returns true if this string is lexically greater than string \a |
|
2219 other; otherwise returns false. |
|
2220 |
|
2221 The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values |
|
2222 of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would |
|
2223 expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings with |
|
2224 localeAwareCompare(). |
|
2225 */ |
|
2226 |
|
2227 /*! |
|
2228 \overload operator>() |
|
2229 */ |
|
2230 bool QString::operator>(const QLatin1String &other) const |
|
2231 { |
|
2232 const ushort *uc = d->data;; |
|
2233 const ushort *e = uc + d->size; |
|
2234 const uchar *c = (uchar *) other.latin1(); |
|
2235 |
|
2236 if (!c || *c == '\0') |
|
2237 return !isEmpty(); |
|
2238 |
|
2239 while (*c) { |
|
2240 if (uc == e || *uc != *c) |
|
2241 break; |
|
2242 ++uc; |
|
2243 ++c; |
|
2244 } |
|
2245 return (uc == e ? false : *uc > *c); |
|
2246 } |
|
2247 |
|
2248 /*! \fn bool QString::operator>(const QByteArray &other) const |
|
2249 |
|
2250 \overload operator>() |
|
2251 |
|
2252 The \a other byte array is converted to a QString using the |
|
2253 fromAscii() function. |
|
2254 |
|
2255 You can disable this operator by defining \c |
|
2256 QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This |
|
2257 can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings |
|
2258 go through QObject::tr(), for example. |
|
2259 */ |
|
2260 |
|
2261 /*! \fn bool QString::operator>(const char *other) const |
|
2262 |
|
2263 \overload operator>() |
|
2264 |
|
2265 The \a other const char pointer is converted to a QString using |
|
2266 the fromAscii() function. |
|
2267 |
|
2268 You can disable this operator by defining \c QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII |
|
2269 when you compile your applications. This can be useful if you want |
|
2270 to ensure that all user-visible strings go through QObject::tr(), |
|
2271 for example. |
|
2272 */ |
|
2273 |
|
2274 /*! \fn bool QString::operator>=(const QString &other) const |
|
2275 |
|
2276 Returns true if this string is lexically greater than or equal to |
|
2277 string \a other; otherwise returns false. |
|
2278 |
|
2279 The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values |
|
2280 of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would |
|
2281 expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings with |
|
2282 localeAwareCompare(). |
|
2283 */ |
|
2284 |
|
2285 /*! \fn bool QString::operator>=(const QLatin1String &other) const |
|
2286 |
|
2287 \overload operator>=() |
|
2288 */ |
|
2289 |
|
2290 /*! \fn bool QString::operator>=(const QByteArray &other) const |
|
2291 |
|
2292 \overload operator>=() |
|
2293 |
|
2294 The \a other byte array is converted to a QString using the |
|
2295 fromAscii() function. |
|
2296 |
|
2297 You can disable this operator by defining \c QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII |
|
2298 when you compile your applications. This can be useful if you want |
|
2299 to ensure that all user-visible strings go through QObject::tr(), |
|
2300 for example. |
|
2301 */ |
|
2302 |
|
2303 /*! \fn bool QString::operator>=(const char *other) const |
|
2304 |
|
2305 \overload operator>=() |
|
2306 |
|
2307 The \a other const char pointer is converted to a QString using |
|
2308 the fromAscii() function. |
|
2309 |
|
2310 You can disable this operator by defining \c |
|
2311 QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This |
|
2312 can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings |
|
2313 go through QObject::tr(), for example. |
|
2314 */ |
|
2315 |
|
2316 /*! \fn bool QString::operator!=(const QString &other) const |
|
2317 |
|
2318 Returns true if this string is not equal to string \a other; |
|
2319 otherwise returns false. |
|
2320 |
|
2321 The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values |
|
2322 of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would |
|
2323 expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings with |
|
2324 localeAwareCompare(). |
|
2325 */ |
|
2326 |
|
2327 /*! \fn bool QString::operator!=(const QLatin1String &other) const |
|
2328 |
|
2329 \overload operator!=() |
|
2330 */ |
|
2331 |
|
2332 /*! \fn bool QString::operator!=(const QByteArray &other) const |
|
2333 |
|
2334 \overload operator!=() |
|
2335 |
|
2336 The \a other byte array is converted to a QString using the |
|
2337 fromAscii() function. |
|
2338 |
|
2339 You can disable this operator by defining \c QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII |
|
2340 when you compile your applications. This can be useful if you want |
|
2341 to ensure that all user-visible strings go through QObject::tr(), |
|
2342 for example. |
|
2343 */ |
|
2344 |
|
2345 /*! \fn bool QString::operator!=(const char *other) const |
|
2346 |
|
2347 \overload operator!=() |
|
2348 |
|
2349 The \a other const char pointer is converted to a QString using |
|
2350 the fromAscii() function. |
|
2351 |
|
2352 You can disable this operator by defining \c |
|
2353 QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This |
|
2354 can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings |
|
2355 go through QObject::tr(), for example. |
|
2356 */ |
|
2357 |
|
2358 /*! |
|
2359 Returns the index position of the first occurrence of the string \a |
|
2360 str in this string, searching forward from index position \a |
|
2361 from. Returns -1 if \a str is not found. |
|
2362 |
|
2363 If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive (default), the search is case |
|
2364 sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive. |
|
2365 |
|
2366 Example: |
|
2367 |
|
2368 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 24 |
|
2369 |
|
2370 If \a from is -1, the search starts at the last character; if it is |
|
2371 -2, at the next to last character and so on. |
|
2372 |
|
2373 \sa lastIndexOf(), contains(), count() |
|
2374 */ |
|
2375 int QString::indexOf(const QString &str, int from, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) const |
|
2376 { |
|
2377 return qFindString(unicode(), length(), from, str.unicode(), str.length(), cs); |
|
2378 } |
|
2379 |
|
2380 /*! |
|
2381 \since 4.5 |
|
2382 Returns the index position of the first occurrence of the string \a |
|
2383 str in this string, searching forward from index position \a |
|
2384 from. Returns -1 if \a str is not found. |
|
2385 |
|
2386 If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive (default), the search is case |
|
2387 sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive. |
|
2388 |
|
2389 Example: |
|
2390 |
|
2391 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 24 |
|
2392 |
|
2393 If \a from is -1, the search starts at the last character; if it is |
|
2394 -2, at the next to last character and so on. |
|
2395 |
|
2396 \sa lastIndexOf(), contains(), count() |
|
2397 */ |
|
2398 int QString::indexOf(const QLatin1String &str, int from, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) const |
|
2399 { |
|
2400 int len = qstrlen(str.latin1()); |
|
2401 QVarLengthArray<ushort> s(len); |
|
2402 for (int i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
|
2403 s[i] = str.latin1()[i]; |
|
2404 |
|
2405 return qFindString(unicode(), length(), from, (const QChar *)s.data(), len, cs); |
|
2406 } |
|
2407 |
|
2408 int qFindString( |
|
2409 const QChar *haystack0, int haystackLen, int from, |
|
2410 const QChar *needle0, int needleLen, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) |
|
2411 { |
|
2412 const int l = haystackLen; |
|
2413 const int sl = needleLen; |
|
2414 if (from < 0) |
|
2415 from += l; |
|
2416 if (uint(sl + from) > (uint)l) |
|
2417 return -1; |
|
2418 if (!sl) |
|
2419 return from; |
|
2420 if (!l) |
|
2421 return -1; |
|
2422 |
|
2423 if (sl == 1) |
|
2424 return findChar(haystack0, haystackLen, needle0[0], from, cs); |
|
2425 |
|
2426 /* |
|
2427 We use the Boyer-Moore algorithm in cases where the overhead |
|
2428 for the skip table should pay off, otherwise we use a simple |
|
2429 hash function. |
|
2430 */ |
|
2431 if (l > 500 && sl > 5) |
|
2432 return qFindStringBoyerMoore(haystack0, haystackLen, from, |
|
2433 needle0, needleLen, cs); |
|
2434 |
|
2435 /* |
|
2436 We use some hashing for efficiency's sake. Instead of |
|
2437 comparing strings, we compare the hash value of str with that |
|
2438 of a part of this QString. Only if that matches, we call |
|
2439 ucstrncmp() or ucstrnicmp(). |
|
2440 */ |
|
2441 const ushort *needle = (const ushort *)needle0; |
|
2442 const ushort *haystack = (const ushort *)haystack0 + from; |
|
2443 const ushort *end = (const ushort *)haystack0 + (l-sl); |
|
2444 const int sl_minus_1 = sl-1; |
|
2445 int hashNeedle = 0, hashHaystack = 0, idx; |
|
2446 |
|
2447 if (cs == Qt::CaseSensitive) { |
|
2448 for (idx = 0; idx < sl; ++idx) { |
|
2449 hashNeedle = ((hashNeedle<<1) + needle[idx]); |
|
2450 hashHaystack = ((hashHaystack<<1) + haystack[idx]); |
|
2451 } |
|
2452 hashHaystack -= haystack[sl_minus_1]; |
|
2453 |
|
2454 while (haystack <= end) { |
|
2455 hashHaystack += haystack[sl_minus_1]; |
|
2456 if (hashHaystack == hashNeedle |
|
2457 && ucstrncmp((const QChar *)needle, (const QChar *)haystack, sl) == 0) |
|
2458 return haystack - (const ushort *)haystack0; |
|
2459 |
|
2460 REHASH(*haystack); |
|
2461 ++haystack; |
|
2462 } |
|
2463 } else { |
|
2464 const ushort *haystack_start = (const ushort *)haystack0; |
|
2465 for (idx = 0; idx < sl; ++idx) { |
|
2466 hashNeedle = (hashNeedle<<1) + foldCase(needle + idx, needle); |
|
2467 hashHaystack = (hashHaystack<<1) + foldCase(haystack + idx, haystack_start); |
|
2468 } |
|
2469 hashHaystack -= foldCase(haystack + sl_minus_1, haystack_start); |
|
2470 |
|
2471 while (haystack <= end) { |
|
2472 hashHaystack += foldCase(haystack + sl_minus_1, haystack_start); |
|
2473 if (hashHaystack == hashNeedle && ucstrnicmp(needle, haystack, sl) == 0) |
|
2474 return haystack - (const ushort *)haystack0; |
|
2475 |
|
2476 REHASH(foldCase(haystack, haystack_start)); |
|
2477 ++haystack; |
|
2478 } |
|
2479 } |
|
2480 return -1; |
|
2481 } |
|
2482 |
|
2483 /*! |
|
2484 \overload indexOf() |
|
2485 |
|
2486 Returns the index position of the first occurrence of the |
|
2487 character \a ch in the string, searching forward from index |
|
2488 position \a from. Returns -1 if \a ch could not be found. |
|
2489 */ |
|
2490 int QString::indexOf(QChar ch, int from, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) const |
|
2491 { |
|
2492 return findChar(unicode(), length(), ch, from, cs); |
|
2493 } |
|
2494 |
|
2495 static int lastIndexOfHelper(const ushort *haystack, int from, const ushort *needle, int sl, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) |
|
2496 { |
|
2497 /* |
|
2498 See indexOf() for explanations. |
|
2499 */ |
|
2500 |
|
2501 const ushort *end = haystack; |
|
2502 haystack += from; |
|
2503 const int sl_minus_1 = sl-1; |
|
2504 const ushort *n = needle+sl_minus_1; |
|
2505 const ushort *h = haystack+sl_minus_1; |
|
2506 int hashNeedle = 0, hashHaystack = 0, idx; |
|
2507 |
|
2508 if (cs == Qt::CaseSensitive) { |
|
2509 for (idx = 0; idx < sl; ++idx) { |
|
2510 hashNeedle = ((hashNeedle<<1) + *(n-idx)); |
|
2511 hashHaystack = ((hashHaystack<<1) + *(h-idx)); |
|
2512 } |
|
2513 hashHaystack -= *haystack; |
|
2514 |
|
2515 while (haystack >= end) { |
|
2516 hashHaystack += *haystack; |
|
2517 if (hashHaystack == hashNeedle |
|
2518 && ucstrncmp((const QChar *)needle, (const QChar *)haystack, sl) == 0) |
|
2519 return haystack - end; |
|
2520 --haystack; |
|
2521 REHASH(haystack[sl]); |
|
2522 } |
|
2523 } else { |
|
2524 for (idx = 0; idx < sl; ++idx) { |
|
2525 hashNeedle = ((hashNeedle<<1) + foldCase(n-idx, needle)); |
|
2526 hashHaystack = ((hashHaystack<<1) + foldCase(h-idx, end)); |
|
2527 } |
|
2528 hashHaystack -= foldCase(haystack, end); |
|
2529 |
|
2530 while (haystack >= end) { |
|
2531 hashHaystack += foldCase(haystack, end); |
|
2532 if (hashHaystack == hashNeedle && ucstrnicmp(needle, haystack, sl) == 0) |
|
2533 return haystack - end; |
|
2534 --haystack; |
|
2535 REHASH(foldCase(haystack + sl, end)); |
|
2536 } |
|
2537 } |
|
2538 return -1; |
|
2539 } |
|
2540 |
|
2541 /*! |
|
2542 Returns the index position of the last occurrence of the string \a |
|
2543 str in this string, searching backward from index position \a |
|
2544 from. If \a from is -1 (default), the search starts at the last |
|
2545 character; if \a from is -2, at the next to last character and so |
|
2546 on. Returns -1 if \a str is not found. |
|
2547 |
|
2548 If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive (default), the search is case |
|
2549 sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive. |
|
2550 |
|
2551 Example: |
|
2552 |
|
2553 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 29 |
|
2554 |
|
2555 \sa indexOf(), contains(), count() |
|
2556 */ |
|
2557 int QString::lastIndexOf(const QString &str, int from, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) const |
|
2558 { |
|
2559 const int sl = str.d->size; |
|
2560 if (sl == 1) |
|
2561 return lastIndexOf(QChar(str.d->data[0]), from, cs); |
|
2562 |
|
2563 const int l = d->size; |
|
2564 if (from < 0) |
|
2565 from += l; |
|
2566 int delta = l-sl; |
|
2567 if (from == l && sl == 0) |
|
2568 return from; |
|
2569 if (from < 0 || from >= l || delta < 0) |
|
2570 return -1; |
|
2571 if (from > delta) |
|
2572 from = delta; |
|
2573 |
|
2574 |
|
2575 return lastIndexOfHelper(d->data, from, str.d->data, str.d->size, cs); |
|
2576 } |
|
2577 |
|
2578 /*! |
|
2579 \since 4.5 |
|
2580 Returns the index position of the last occurrence of the string \a |
|
2581 str in this string, searching backward from index position \a |
|
2582 from. If \a from is -1 (default), the search starts at the last |
|
2583 character; if \a from is -2, at the next to last character and so |
|
2584 on. Returns -1 if \a str is not found. |
|
2585 |
|
2586 If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive (default), the search is case |
|
2587 sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive. |
|
2588 |
|
2589 Example: |
|
2590 |
|
2591 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 29 |
|
2592 |
|
2593 \sa indexOf(), contains(), count() |
|
2594 */ |
|
2595 int QString::lastIndexOf(const QLatin1String &str, int from, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) const |
|
2596 { |
|
2597 const int sl = qstrlen(str.latin1()); |
|
2598 if (sl == 1) |
|
2599 return lastIndexOf(QLatin1Char(str.latin1()[0]), from, cs); |
|
2600 |
|
2601 const int l = d->size; |
|
2602 if (from < 0) |
|
2603 from += l; |
|
2604 int delta = l-sl; |
|
2605 if (from == l && sl == 0) |
|
2606 return from; |
|
2607 if (from < 0 || from >= l || delta < 0) |
|
2608 return -1; |
|
2609 if (from > delta) |
|
2610 from = delta; |
|
2611 |
|
2612 QVarLengthArray<ushort> s(sl); |
|
2613 for (int i = 0; i < sl; ++i) |
|
2614 s[i] = str.latin1()[i]; |
|
2615 |
|
2616 return lastIndexOfHelper(d->data, from, s.data(), sl, cs); |
|
2617 } |
|
2618 |
|
2619 /*! |
|
2620 \overload lastIndexOf() |
|
2621 |
|
2622 Returns the index position of the last occurrence of the character |
|
2623 \a ch, searching backward from position \a from. |
|
2624 */ |
|
2625 int QString::lastIndexOf(QChar ch, int from, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) const |
|
2626 { |
|
2627 ushort c = ch.unicode(); |
|
2628 if (from < 0) |
|
2629 from += d->size; |
|
2630 if (from < 0 || from >= d->size) |
|
2631 return -1; |
|
2632 if (from >= 0) { |
|
2633 const ushort *n = d->data + from; |
|
2634 const ushort *b = d->data; |
|
2635 if (cs == Qt::CaseSensitive) { |
|
2636 for (; n >= b; --n) |
|
2637 if (*n == c) |
|
2638 return n - b; |
|
2639 } else { |
|
2640 c = foldCase(c); |
|
2641 for (; n >= b; --n) |
|
2642 if (foldCase(*n) == c) |
|
2643 return n - b; |
|
2644 } |
|
2645 } |
|
2646 return -1; |
|
2647 } |
|
2648 |
|
2649 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP |
|
2650 struct QStringCapture |
|
2651 { |
|
2652 int pos; |
|
2653 int len; |
|
2654 int no; |
|
2655 }; |
|
2656 |
|
2657 /*! |
|
2658 \overload replace() |
|
2659 |
|
2660 Replaces every occurrence of the regular expression \a rx in the |
|
2661 string with \a after. Returns a reference to the string. For |
|
2662 example: |
|
2663 |
|
2664 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 42 |
|
2665 |
|
2666 For regular expressions containing \l{capturing parentheses}, |
|
2667 occurrences of \bold{\\1}, \bold{\\2}, ..., in \a after are replaced |
|
2668 with \a{rx}.cap(1), cap(2), ... |
|
2669 |
|
2670 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 43 |
|
2671 |
|
2672 \sa indexOf(), lastIndexOf(), remove(), QRegExp::cap() |
|
2673 */ |
|
2674 QString& QString::replace(const QRegExp &rx, const QString &after) |
|
2675 { |
|
2676 QRegExp rx2(rx); |
|
2677 |
|
2678 if (isEmpty() && rx2.indexIn(*this) == -1) |
|
2679 return *this; |
|
2680 |
|
2681 realloc(); |
|
2682 |
|
2683 int index = 0; |
|
2684 int numCaptures = rx2.numCaptures(); |
|
2685 int al = after.length(); |
|
2686 QRegExp::CaretMode caretMode = QRegExp::CaretAtZero; |
|
2687 |
|
2688 if (numCaptures > 0) { |
|
2689 const QChar *uc = after.unicode(); |
|
2690 int numBackRefs = 0; |
|
2691 |
|
2692 for (int i = 0; i < al - 1; i++) { |
|
2693 if (uc[i] == QLatin1Char('\\')) { |
|
2694 int no = uc[i + 1].digitValue(); |
|
2695 if (no > 0 && no <= numCaptures) |
|
2696 numBackRefs++; |
|
2697 } |
|
2698 } |
|
2699 |
|
2700 /* |
|
2701 This is the harder case where we have back-references. |
|
2702 */ |
|
2703 if (numBackRefs > 0) { |
|
2704 QVarLengthArray<QStringCapture, 16> captures(numBackRefs); |
|
2705 int j = 0; |
|
2706 |
|
2707 for (int i = 0; i < al - 1; i++) { |
|
2708 if (uc[i] == QLatin1Char('\\')) { |
|
2709 int no = uc[i + 1].digitValue(); |
|
2710 if (no > 0 && no <= numCaptures) { |
|
2711 QStringCapture capture; |
|
2712 capture.pos = i; |
|
2713 capture.len = 2; |
|
2714 |
|
2715 if (i < al - 2) { |
|
2716 int secondDigit = uc[i + 2].digitValue(); |
|
2717 if (secondDigit != -1 && ((no * 10) + secondDigit) <= numCaptures) { |
|
2718 no = (no * 10) + secondDigit; |
|
2719 ++capture.len; |
|
2720 } |
|
2721 } |
|
2722 |
|
2723 capture.no = no; |
|
2724 captures[j++] = capture; |
|
2725 } |
|
2726 } |
|
2727 } |
|
2728 |
|
2729 while (index <= length()) { |
|
2730 index = rx2.indexIn(*this, index, caretMode); |
|
2731 if (index == -1) |
|
2732 break; |
|
2733 |
|
2734 QString after2(after); |
|
2735 for (j = numBackRefs - 1; j >= 0; j--) { |
|
2736 const QStringCapture &capture = captures[j]; |
|
2737 after2.replace(capture.pos, capture.len, rx2.cap(capture.no)); |
|
2738 } |
|
2739 |
|
2740 replace(index, rx2.matchedLength(), after2); |
|
2741 index += after2.length(); |
|
2742 |
|
2743 // avoid infinite loop on 0-length matches (e.g., QRegExp("[a-z]*")) |
|
2744 if (rx2.matchedLength() == 0) |
|
2745 ++index; |
|
2746 |
|
2747 caretMode = QRegExp::CaretWontMatch; |
|
2748 } |
|
2749 return *this; |
|
2750 } |
|
2751 } |
|
2752 |
|
2753 /* |
|
2754 This is the simple and optimized case where we don't have |
|
2755 back-references. |
|
2756 */ |
|
2757 while (index != -1) { |
|
2758 struct { |
|
2759 int pos; |
|
2760 int length; |
|
2761 } replacements[2048]; |
|
2762 |
|
2763 int pos = 0; |
|
2764 int adjust = 0; |
|
2765 while (pos < 2047) { |
|
2766 index = rx2.indexIn(*this, index, caretMode); |
|
2767 if (index == -1) |
|
2768 break; |
|
2769 int ml = rx2.matchedLength(); |
|
2770 replacements[pos].pos = index; |
|
2771 replacements[pos++].length = ml; |
|
2772 index += ml; |
|
2773 adjust += al - ml; |
|
2774 // avoid infinite loop |
|
2775 if (!ml) |
|
2776 index++; |
|
2777 } |
|
2778 if (!pos) |
|
2779 break; |
|
2780 replacements[pos].pos = d->size; |
|
2781 int newlen = d->size + adjust; |
|
2782 |
|
2783 // to continue searching at the right position after we did |
|
2784 // the first round of replacements |
|
2785 if (index != -1) |
|
2786 index += adjust; |
|
2787 QString newstring; |
|
2788 newstring.reserve(newlen + 1); |
|
2789 QChar *newuc = newstring.data(); |
|
2790 QChar *uc = newuc; |
|
2791 int copystart = 0; |
|
2792 int i = 0; |
|
2793 while (i < pos) { |
|
2794 int copyend = replacements[i].pos; |
|
2795 int size = copyend - copystart; |
|
2796 memcpy(uc, d->data + copystart, size * sizeof(QChar)); |
|
2797 uc += size; |
|
2798 memcpy(uc, after.d->data, al * sizeof(QChar)); |
|
2799 uc += al; |
|
2800 copystart = copyend + replacements[i].length; |
|
2801 i++; |
|
2802 } |
|
2803 memcpy(uc, d->data + copystart, (d->size - copystart) * sizeof(QChar)); |
|
2804 newstring.resize(newlen); |
|
2805 *this = newstring; |
|
2806 caretMode = QRegExp::CaretWontMatch; |
|
2807 } |
|
2808 return *this; |
|
2809 } |
|
2810 #endif |
|
2811 |
|
2812 /*! |
|
2813 Returns the number of (potentially overlapping) occurrences of |
|
2814 the string \a str in this string. |
|
2815 |
|
2816 If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive (default), the search is |
|
2817 case sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive. |
|
2818 |
|
2819 \sa contains(), indexOf() |
|
2820 */ |
|
2821 int QString::count(const QString &str, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) const |
|
2822 { |
|
2823 int num = 0; |
|
2824 int i = -1; |
|
2825 if (d->size > 500 && str.d->size > 5) { |
|
2826 QStringMatcher matcher(str, cs); |
|
2827 while ((i = matcher.indexIn(*this, i + 1)) != -1) |
|
2828 ++num; |
|
2829 } else { |
|
2830 while ((i = indexOf(str, i + 1, cs)) != -1) |
|
2831 ++num; |
|
2832 } |
|
2833 return num; |
|
2834 } |
|
2835 |
|
2836 /*! |
|
2837 \overload count() |
|
2838 |
|
2839 Returns the number of occurrences of character \a ch in the string. |
|
2840 */ |
|
2841 int QString::count(QChar ch, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) const |
|
2842 { |
|
2843 ushort c = ch.unicode(); |
|
2844 int num = 0; |
|
2845 const ushort *i = d->data + d->size; |
|
2846 const ushort *b = d->data; |
|
2847 if (cs == Qt::CaseSensitive) { |
|
2848 while (i != b) |
|
2849 if (*--i == c) |
|
2850 ++num; |
|
2851 } else { |
|
2852 c = foldCase(c); |
|
2853 while (i != b) |
|
2854 if (foldCase(*(--i)) == c) |
|
2855 ++num; |
|
2856 } |
|
2857 return num; |
|
2858 } |
|
2859 |
|
2860 /*! \fn bool QString::contains(const QString &str, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs = Qt::CaseSensitive) const |
|
2861 |
|
2862 Returns true if this string contains an occurrence of the string |
|
2863 \a str; otherwise returns false. |
|
2864 |
|
2865 If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive (default), the search is |
|
2866 case sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive. |
|
2867 |
|
2868 Example: |
|
2869 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 17 |
|
2870 |
|
2871 \sa indexOf(), count() |
|
2872 */ |
|
2873 |
|
2874 /*! \fn bool QString::contains(QChar ch, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs = Qt::CaseSensitive) const |
|
2875 |
|
2876 \overload contains() |
|
2877 |
|
2878 Returns true if this string contains an occurrence of the |
|
2879 character \a ch; otherwise returns false. |
|
2880 */ |
|
2881 |
|
2882 /*! \fn bool QString::contains(const QRegExp &rx) const |
|
2883 |
|
2884 \overload contains() |
|
2885 |
|
2886 Returns true if the regular expression \a rx matches somewhere in |
|
2887 this string; otherwise returns false. |
|
2888 */ |
|
2889 |
|
2890 /*! \fn bool QString::contains(QRegExp &rx) const |
|
2891 \overload contains() |
|
2892 \since 4.5 |
|
2893 |
|
2894 Returns true if the regular expression \a rx matches somewhere in |
|
2895 this string; otherwise returns false. |
|
2896 |
|
2897 If there is a match, the \a rx regular expression will contain the |
|
2898 matched captures (see QRegExp::matchedLength, QRegExp::cap). |
|
2899 */ |
|
2900 |
|
2901 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP |
|
2902 /*! |
|
2903 \overload indexOf() |
|
2904 |
|
2905 Returns the index position of the first match of the regular |
|
2906 expression \a rx in the string, searching forward from index |
|
2907 position \a from. Returns -1 if \a rx didn't match anywhere. |
|
2908 |
|
2909 Example: |
|
2910 |
|
2911 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 25 |
|
2912 */ |
|
2913 int QString::indexOf(const QRegExp& rx, int from) const |
|
2914 { |
|
2915 QRegExp rx2(rx); |
|
2916 return rx2.indexIn(*this, from); |
|
2917 } |
|
2918 |
|
2919 /*! |
|
2920 \overload indexOf() |
|
2921 \since 4.5 |
|
2922 |
|
2923 Returns the index position of the first match of the regular |
|
2924 expression \a rx in the string, searching forward from index |
|
2925 position \a from. Returns -1 if \a rx didn't match anywhere. |
|
2926 |
|
2927 If there is a match, the \a rx regular expression will contain the |
|
2928 matched captures (see QRegExp::matchedLength, QRegExp::cap). |
|
2929 |
|
2930 Example: |
|
2931 |
|
2932 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 25 |
|
2933 */ |
|
2934 int QString::indexOf(QRegExp& rx, int from) const |
|
2935 { |
|
2936 return rx.indexIn(*this, from); |
|
2937 } |
|
2938 |
|
2939 /*! |
|
2940 \overload lastIndexOf() |
|
2941 |
|
2942 Returns the index position of the last match of the regular |
|
2943 expression \a rx in the string, searching backward from index |
|
2944 position \a from. Returns -1 if \a rx didn't match anywhere. |
|
2945 |
|
2946 Example: |
|
2947 |
|
2948 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 30 |
|
2949 */ |
|
2950 int QString::lastIndexOf(const QRegExp& rx, int from) const |
|
2951 { |
|
2952 QRegExp rx2(rx); |
|
2953 return rx2.lastIndexIn(*this, from); |
|
2954 } |
|
2955 |
|
2956 /*! |
|
2957 \overload lastIndexOf() |
|
2958 \since 4.5 |
|
2959 |
|
2960 Returns the index position of the last match of the regular |
|
2961 expression \a rx in the string, searching backward from index |
|
2962 position \a from. Returns -1 if \a rx didn't match anywhere. |
|
2963 |
|
2964 If there is a match, the \a rx regular expression will contain the |
|
2965 matched captures (see QRegExp::matchedLength, QRegExp::cap). |
|
2966 |
|
2967 Example: |
|
2968 |
|
2969 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 30 |
|
2970 */ |
|
2971 int QString::lastIndexOf(QRegExp& rx, int from) const |
|
2972 { |
|
2973 return rx.lastIndexIn(*this, from); |
|
2974 } |
|
2975 |
|
2976 /*! |
|
2977 \overload count() |
|
2978 |
|
2979 Returns the number of times the regular expression \a rx matches |
|
2980 in the string. |
|
2981 |
|
2982 This function counts overlapping matches, so in the example |
|
2983 below, there are four instances of "ana" or "ama": |
|
2984 |
|
2985 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 18 |
|
2986 |
|
2987 */ |
|
2988 int QString::count(const QRegExp& rx) const |
|
2989 { |
|
2990 QRegExp rx2(rx); |
|
2991 int count = 0; |
|
2992 int index = -1; |
|
2993 int len = length(); |
|
2994 while (index < len - 1) { // count overlapping matches |
|
2995 index = rx2.indexIn(*this, index + 1); |
|
2996 if (index == -1) |
|
2997 break; |
|
2998 count++; |
|
2999 } |
|
3000 return count; |
|
3001 } |
|
3002 #endif // QT_NO_REGEXP |
|
3003 |
|
3004 /*! \fn int QString::count() const |
|
3005 |
|
3006 \overload count() |
|
3007 |
|
3008 Same as size(). |
|
3009 */ |
|
3010 |
|
3011 |
|
3012 /*! |
|
3013 \enum QString::SectionFlag |
|
3014 |
|
3015 This enum specifies flags that can be used to affect various |
|
3016 aspects of the section() function's behavior with respect to |
|
3017 separators and empty fields. |
|
3018 |
|
3019 \value SectionDefault Empty fields are counted, leading and |
|
3020 trailing separators are not included, and the separator is |
|
3021 compared case sensitively. |
|
3022 |
|
3023 \value SectionSkipEmpty Treat empty fields as if they don't exist, |
|
3024 i.e. they are not considered as far as \e start and \e end are |
|
3025 concerned. |
|
3026 |
|
3027 \value SectionIncludeLeadingSep Include the leading separator (if |
|
3028 any) in the result string. |
|
3029 |
|
3030 \value SectionIncludeTrailingSep Include the trailing separator |
|
3031 (if any) in the result string. |
|
3032 |
|
3033 \value SectionCaseInsensitiveSeps Compare the separator |
|
3034 case-insensitively. |
|
3035 |
|
3036 \sa section() |
|
3037 */ |
|
3038 |
|
3039 /*! |
|
3040 \fn QString QString::section(QChar sep, int start, int end = -1, SectionFlags flags) const |
|
3041 |
|
3042 This function returns a section of the string. |
|
3043 |
|
3044 This string is treated as a sequence of fields separated by the |
|
3045 character, \a sep. The returned string consists of the fields from |
|
3046 position \a start to position \a end inclusive. If \a end is not |
|
3047 specified, all fields from position \a start to the end of the |
|
3048 string are included. Fields are numbered 0, 1, 2, etc., counting |
|
3049 from the left, and -1, -2, etc., counting from right to left. |
|
3050 |
|
3051 The \a flags argument can be used to affect some aspects of the |
|
3052 function's behavior, e.g. whether to be case sensitive, whether |
|
3053 to skip empty fields and how to deal with leading and trailing |
|
3054 separators; see \l{SectionFlags}. |
|
3055 |
|
3056 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 52 |
|
3057 |
|
3058 If \a start or \a end is negative, we count fields from the right |
|
3059 of the string, the right-most field being -1, the one from |
|
3060 right-most field being -2, and so on. |
|
3061 |
|
3062 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 53 |
|
3063 |
|
3064 \sa split() |
|
3065 */ |
|
3066 |
|
3067 /*! |
|
3068 \overload section() |
|
3069 |
|
3070 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 51 |
|
3071 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 54 |
|
3072 |
|
3073 \sa split() |
|
3074 */ |
|
3075 |
|
3076 QString QString::section(const QString &sep, int start, int end, SectionFlags flags) const |
|
3077 { |
|
3078 QStringList sections = split(sep, KeepEmptyParts, |
|
3079 (flags & SectionCaseInsensitiveSeps) ? Qt::CaseInsensitive : Qt::CaseSensitive); |
|
3080 if (sections.isEmpty()) |
|
3081 return QString(); |
|
3082 if (!(flags & SectionSkipEmpty)) { |
|
3083 if (start < 0) |
|
3084 start += sections.count(); |
|
3085 if (end < 0) |
|
3086 end += sections.count(); |
|
3087 } else { |
|
3088 int skip = 0; |
|
3089 for (int k=0; k<sections.size(); ++k) { |
|
3090 if (sections.at(k).isEmpty()) |
|
3091 skip++; |
|
3092 } |
|
3093 if (start < 0) |
|
3094 start += sections.count() - skip; |
|
3095 if (end < 0) |
|
3096 end += sections.count() - skip; |
|
3097 } |
|
3098 int x = 0; |
|
3099 QString ret; |
|
3100 int first_i = start, last_i = end; |
|
3101 for (int i = 0; x <= end && i < sections.size(); ++i) { |
|
3102 QString section = sections.at(i); |
|
3103 const bool empty = section.isEmpty(); |
|
3104 if (x >= start) { |
|
3105 if(x == start) |
|
3106 first_i = i; |
|
3107 if(x == end) |
|
3108 last_i = i; |
|
3109 if(x > start) |
|
3110 ret += sep; |
|
3111 ret += section; |
|
3112 } |
|
3113 if (!empty || !(flags & SectionSkipEmpty)) |
|
3114 x++; |
|
3115 } |
|
3116 if((flags & SectionIncludeLeadingSep) && first_i) |
|
3117 ret.prepend(sep); |
|
3118 if((flags & SectionIncludeTrailingSep) && last_i < sections.size()-1) |
|
3119 ret += sep; |
|
3120 return ret; |
|
3121 } |
|
3122 |
|
3123 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP |
|
3124 class qt_section_chunk { |
|
3125 public: |
|
3126 qt_section_chunk(int l, QString s) { length = l; string = s; } |
|
3127 int length; |
|
3128 QString string; |
|
3129 }; |
|
3130 |
|
3131 /*! |
|
3132 \overload section() |
|
3133 |
|
3134 This string is treated as a sequence of fields separated by the |
|
3135 regular expression, \a reg. |
|
3136 |
|
3137 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 55 |
|
3138 |
|
3139 \warning Using this QRegExp version is much more expensive than |
|
3140 the overloaded string and character versions. |
|
3141 |
|
3142 \sa split() simplified() |
|
3143 */ |
|
3144 QString QString::section(const QRegExp ®, int start, int end, SectionFlags flags) const |
|
3145 { |
|
3146 const QChar *uc = unicode(); |
|
3147 if(!uc) |
|
3148 return QString(); |
|
3149 |
|
3150 QRegExp sep(reg); |
|
3151 sep.setCaseSensitivity((flags & SectionCaseInsensitiveSeps) ? Qt::CaseInsensitive |
|
3152 : Qt::CaseSensitive); |
|
3153 |
|
3154 QList<qt_section_chunk> sections; |
|
3155 int n = length(), m = 0, last_m = 0, last_len = 0; |
|
3156 while ((m = sep.indexIn(*this, m)) != -1) { |
|
3157 sections.append(qt_section_chunk(last_len, QString(uc + last_m, m - last_m))); |
|
3158 last_m = m; |
|
3159 last_len = sep.matchedLength(); |
|
3160 m += qMax(sep.matchedLength(), 1); |
|
3161 } |
|
3162 sections.append(qt_section_chunk(last_len, QString(uc + last_m, n - last_m))); |
|
3163 |
|
3164 if(start < 0) |
|
3165 start += sections.count(); |
|
3166 if(end < 0) |
|
3167 end += sections.count(); |
|
3168 |
|
3169 QString ret; |
|
3170 int x = 0; |
|
3171 int first_i = start, last_i = end; |
|
3172 for (int i = 0; x <= end && i < sections.size(); ++i) { |
|
3173 const qt_section_chunk §ion = sections.at(i); |
|
3174 const bool empty = (section.length == section.string.length()); |
|
3175 if (x >= start) { |
|
3176 if(x == start) |
|
3177 first_i = i; |
|
3178 if(x == end) |
|
3179 last_i = i; |
|
3180 if(x != start) |
|
3181 ret += section.string; |
|
3182 else |
|
3183 ret += section.string.mid(section.length); |
|
3184 } |
|
3185 if (!empty || !(flags & SectionSkipEmpty)) |
|
3186 x++; |
|
3187 } |
|
3188 if((flags & SectionIncludeLeadingSep)) { |
|
3189 const qt_section_chunk §ion = sections.at(first_i); |
|
3190 ret.prepend(section.string.left(section.length)); |
|
3191 } |
|
3192 if((flags & SectionIncludeTrailingSep) && last_i+1 <= sections.size()-1) { |
|
3193 const qt_section_chunk §ion = sections.at(last_i+1); |
|
3194 ret += section.string.left(section.length); |
|
3195 } |
|
3196 return ret; |
|
3197 } |
|
3198 #endif |
|
3199 |
|
3200 /*! |
|
3201 Returns a substring that contains the \a n leftmost characters |
|
3202 of the string. |
|
3203 |
|
3204 The entire string is returned if \a n is greater than size() or |
|
3205 less than zero. |
|
3206 |
|
3207 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 31 |
|
3208 |
|
3209 \sa right(), mid(), startsWith() |
|
3210 */ |
|
3211 QString QString::left(int n) const |
|
3212 { |
|
3213 if (n >= d->size || n < 0) |
|
3214 return *this; |
|
3215 return QString((const QChar*) d->data, n); |
|
3216 } |
|
3217 |
|
3218 /*! |
|
3219 Returns a substring that contains the \a n rightmost characters |
|
3220 of the string. |
|
3221 |
|
3222 The entire string is returned if \a n is greater than size() or |
|
3223 less than zero. |
|
3224 |
|
3225 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 48 |
|
3226 |
|
3227 \sa left(), mid(), endsWith() |
|
3228 */ |
|
3229 QString QString::right(int n) const |
|
3230 { |
|
3231 if (n >= d->size || n < 0) |
|
3232 return *this; |
|
3233 return QString((const QChar*) d->data + d->size - n, n); |
|
3234 } |
|
3235 |
|
3236 /*! |
|
3237 Returns a string that contains \a n characters of this string, |
|
3238 starting at the specified \a position index. |
|
3239 |
|
3240 Returns a null string if the \a position index exceeds the |
|
3241 length of the string. If there are less than \a n characters |
|
3242 available in the string starting at the given \a position, or if |
|
3243 \a n is -1 (default), the function returns all characters that |
|
3244 are available from the specified \a position. |
|
3245 |
|
3246 Example: |
|
3247 |
|
3248 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 34 |
|
3249 |
|
3250 \sa left(), right() |
|
3251 */ |
|
3252 |
|
3253 QString QString::mid(int position, int n) const |
|
3254 { |
|
3255 if (d == &shared_null || position >= d->size) |
|
3256 return QString(); |
|
3257 if (n < 0) |
|
3258 n = d->size - position; |
|
3259 if (position < 0) { |
|
3260 n += position; |
|
3261 position = 0; |
|
3262 } |
|
3263 if (n + position > d->size) |
|
3264 n = d->size - position; |
|
3265 if (position == 0 && n == d->size) |
|
3266 return *this; |
|
3267 return QString((const QChar*) d->data + position, n); |
|
3268 } |
|
3269 |
|
3270 /*! |
|
3271 Returns true if the string starts with \a s; otherwise returns |
|
3272 false. |
|
3273 |
|
3274 If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive (default), the search is |
|
3275 case sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive. |
|
3276 |
|
3277 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 65 |
|
3278 |
|
3279 \sa endsWith() |
|
3280 */ |
|
3281 bool QString::startsWith(const QString& s, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) const |
|
3282 { |
|
3283 if (d == &shared_null) |
|
3284 return (s.d == &shared_null); |
|
3285 if (d->size == 0) |
|
3286 return s.d->size == 0; |
|
3287 if (s.d->size > d->size) |
|
3288 return false; |
|
3289 if (cs == Qt::CaseSensitive) { |
|
3290 return qMemEquals(d->data, s.d->data, s.d->size); |
|
3291 } else { |
|
3292 uint last = 0; |
|
3293 uint olast = 0; |
|
3294 for (int i = 0; i < s.d->size; ++i) |
|
3295 if (foldCase(d->data[i], last) != foldCase(s.d->data[i], olast)) |
|
3296 return false; |
|
3297 } |
|
3298 return true; |
|
3299 } |
|
3300 |
|
3301 /*! |
|
3302 \overload startsWith() |
|
3303 */ |
|
3304 bool QString::startsWith(const QLatin1String& s, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) const |
|
3305 { |
|
3306 if (d == &shared_null) |
|
3307 return (s.latin1() == 0); |
|
3308 if (d->size == 0) |
|
3309 return !s.latin1() || *s.latin1() == 0; |
|
3310 int slen = qstrlen(s.latin1()); |
|
3311 if (slen > d->size) |
|
3312 return false; |
|
3313 const uchar *latin = (const uchar *)s.latin1(); |
|
3314 if (cs == Qt::CaseSensitive) { |
|
3315 for (int i = 0; i < slen; ++i) |
|
3316 if (d->data[i] != latin[i]) |
|
3317 return false; |
|
3318 } else { |
|
3319 for (int i = 0; i < slen; ++i) |
|
3320 if (foldCase(d->data[i]) != foldCase((ushort)latin[i])) |
|
3321 return false; |
|
3322 } |
|
3323 return true; |
|
3324 } |
|
3325 |
|
3326 /*! |
|
3327 \overload startsWith() |
|
3328 |
|
3329 Returns true if the string starts with \a c; otherwise returns |
|
3330 false. |
|
3331 */ |
|
3332 bool QString::startsWith(const QChar &c, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) const |
|
3333 { |
|
3334 return d->size |
|
3335 && (cs == Qt::CaseSensitive |
|
3336 ? d->data[0] == c |
|
3337 : foldCase(d->data[0]) == foldCase(c.unicode())); |
|
3338 } |
|
3339 |
|
3340 /*! |
|
3341 Returns true if the string ends with \a s; otherwise returns |
|
3342 false. |
|
3343 |
|
3344 If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive (default), the search is case |
|
3345 sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive. |
|
3346 |
|
3347 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 20 |
|
3348 |
|
3349 \sa startsWith() |
|
3350 */ |
|
3351 bool QString::endsWith(const QString& s, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) const |
|
3352 { |
|
3353 if (d == &shared_null) |
|
3354 return (s.d == &shared_null); |
|
3355 if (d->size == 0) |
|
3356 return s.d->size == 0; |
|
3357 int pos = d->size - s.d->size; |
|
3358 if (pos < 0) |
|
3359 return false; |
|
3360 if (cs == Qt::CaseSensitive) { |
|
3361 return qMemEquals(d->data + pos, s.d->data, s.d->size); |
|
3362 } else { |
|
3363 uint last = 0; |
|
3364 uint olast = 0; |
|
3365 for (int i = 0; i < s.length(); i++) |
|
3366 if (foldCase(d->data[pos+i], last) != foldCase(s.d->data[i], olast)) |
|
3367 return false; |
|
3368 } |
|
3369 return true; |
|
3370 } |
|
3371 |
|
3372 /*! |
|
3373 \overload endsWith() |
|
3374 */ |
|
3375 bool QString::endsWith(const QLatin1String& s, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) const |
|
3376 { |
|
3377 if (d == &shared_null) |
|
3378 return (s.latin1() == 0); |
|
3379 if (d->size == 0) |
|
3380 return !s.latin1() || *s.latin1() == 0; |
|
3381 int slen = qstrlen(s.latin1()); |
|
3382 int pos = d->size - slen; |
|
3383 const uchar *latin = (const uchar *)s.latin1(); |
|
3384 if (pos < 0) |
|
3385 return false; |
|
3386 if (cs == Qt::CaseSensitive) { |
|
3387 for (int i = 0; i < slen; i++) |
|
3388 if (d->data[pos+i] != latin[i]) |
|
3389 return false; |
|
3390 } else { |
|
3391 for (int i = 0; i < slen; i++) |
|
3392 if (foldCase(d->data[pos+i]) != foldCase((ushort)latin[i])) |
|
3393 return false; |
|
3394 } |
|
3395 return true; |
|
3396 } |
|
3397 |
|
3398 /*! |
|
3399 Returns true if the string ends with \a c; otherwise returns |
|
3400 false. |
|
3401 |
|
3402 \overload endsWith() |
|
3403 */ |
|
3404 bool QString::endsWith(const QChar &c, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) const |
|
3405 { |
|
3406 return d->size |
|
3407 && (cs == Qt::CaseSensitive |
|
3408 ? d->data[d->size - 1] == c |
|
3409 : foldCase(d->data[d->size - 1]) == foldCase(c.unicode())); |
|
3410 } |
|
3411 |
|
3412 /*! \fn const char *QString::ascii() const |
|
3413 \nonreentrant |
|
3414 |
|
3415 Use toAscii() instead. |
|
3416 */ |
|
3417 |
|
3418 /*! \fn const char *QString::latin1() const |
|
3419 \nonreentrant |
|
3420 |
|
3421 Use toLatin1() instead. |
|
3422 */ |
|
3423 |
|
3424 /*! \fn const char *QString::utf8() const |
|
3425 \nonreentrant |
|
3426 |
|
3427 Use toUtf8() instead. |
|
3428 */ |
|
3429 |
|
3430 /*! \fn const char *QString::local8Bit() const |
|
3431 \nonreentrant |
|
3432 |
|
3433 Use toLocal8Bit() instead. |
|
3434 */ |
|
3435 |
|
3436 static QByteArray toLatin1_helper(const QChar *data, int length) |
|
3437 { |
|
3438 QByteArray ba; |
|
3439 if (length) { |
|
3440 ba.resize(length); |
|
3441 const ushort *i = reinterpret_cast<const ushort *>(data); |
|
3442 const ushort *e = i + length; |
|
3443 uchar *s = (uchar*) ba.data(); |
|
3444 while (i != e) { |
|
3445 *s++ = (*i>0xff) ? '?' : (uchar) *i; |
|
3446 ++i; |
|
3447 } |
|
3448 } |
|
3449 return ba; |
|
3450 } |
|
3451 |
|
3452 /*! |
|
3453 Returns a Latin-1 representation of the string as a QByteArray. |
|
3454 The returned byte array is undefined if the string contains |
|
3455 non-Latin1 characters. |
|
3456 |
|
3457 \sa fromLatin1(), toAscii(), toUtf8(), toLocal8Bit(), QTextCodec |
|
3458 */ |
|
3459 QByteArray QString::toLatin1() const |
|
3460 { |
|
3461 return toLatin1_helper(unicode(), length()); |
|
3462 } |
|
3463 |
|
3464 // ### Qt 5: Change the return type of at least toAscii(), |
|
3465 // toLatin1() and unicode() such that the use of Q_COMPILER_MANGLES_RETURN_TYPE |
|
3466 // isn't necessary in the header. See task 177402. |
|
3467 |
|
3468 /*! |
|
3469 Returns an 8-bit ASCII representation of the string as a QByteArray. |
|
3470 |
|
3471 If a codec has been set using QTextCodec::setCodecForCStrings(), |
|
3472 it is used to convert Unicode to 8-bit char; otherwise this |
|
3473 function does the same as toLatin1(). |
|
3474 |
|
3475 \sa fromAscii(), toLatin1(), toUtf8(), toLocal8Bit(), QTextCodec |
|
3476 */ |
|
3477 QByteArray QString::toAscii() const |
|
3478 { |
|
3479 #ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC |
|
3480 if (codecForCStrings) |
|
3481 return codecForCStrings->fromUnicode(*this); |
|
3482 #endif // QT_NO_TEXTCODEC |
|
3483 return toLatin1(); |
|
3484 } |
|
3485 |
|
3486 #if !defined(Q_WS_MAC) && defined(Q_OS_UNIX) |
|
3487 static QByteArray toLocal8Bit_helper(const QChar *data, int length) |
|
3488 { |
|
3489 #ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC |
|
3490 if (QTextCodec::codecForLocale()) |
|
3491 return QTextCodec::codecForLocale()->fromUnicode(data, length); |
|
3492 #endif // QT_NO_TEXTCODEC |
|
3493 return toLatin1_helper(data, length); |
|
3494 } |
|
3495 #endif |
|
3496 |
|
3497 /*! |
|
3498 Returns the local 8-bit representation of the string as a |
|
3499 QByteArray. The returned byte array is undefined if the string |
|
3500 contains characters not supported by the local 8-bit encoding. |
|
3501 |
|
3502 QTextCodec::codecForLocale() is used to perform the conversion |
|
3503 from Unicode. |
|
3504 |
|
3505 \sa fromLocal8Bit(), toAscii(), toLatin1(), toUtf8(), QTextCodec |
|
3506 */ |
|
3507 QByteArray QString::toLocal8Bit() const |
|
3508 { |
|
3509 #ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC |
|
3510 if (QTextCodec::codecForLocale()) |
|
3511 return QTextCodec::codecForLocale()->fromUnicode(*this); |
|
3512 #endif // QT_NO_TEXTCODEC |
|
3513 return toLatin1(); |
|
3514 } |
|
3515 |
|
3516 /*! |
|
3517 Returns a UTF-8 representation of the string as a QByteArray. |
|
3518 |
|
3519 \sa fromUtf8(), toAscii(), toLatin1(), toLocal8Bit(), QTextCodec |
|
3520 */ |
|
3521 QByteArray QString::toUtf8() const |
|
3522 { |
|
3523 QByteArray ba; |
|
3524 if (d->size) { |
|
3525 int l = d->size; |
|
3526 int rlen = l*3+1; |
|
3527 ba.resize(rlen); |
|
3528 uchar *cursor = (uchar*)ba.data(); |
|
3529 const ushort *ch =d->data; |
|
3530 for (int i=0; i < l; i++) { |
|
3531 uint u = *ch; |
|
3532 if (u < 0x80) { |
|
3533 *cursor++ = (uchar)u; |
|
3534 } else { |
|
3535 if (u < 0x0800) { |
|
3536 *cursor++ = 0xc0 | ((uchar) (u >> 6)); |
|
3537 } else { |
|
3538 if (QChar(u).isHighSurrogate() && i < l-1) { |
|
3539 ushort low = ch[1]; |
|
3540 if (QChar(low).isLowSurrogate()) { |
|
3541 ++ch; |
|
3542 ++i; |
|
3543 u = QChar::surrogateToUcs4(u,low); |
|
3544 } |
|
3545 } |
|
3546 if (u > 0xffff) { |
|
3547 *cursor++ = 0xf0 | ((uchar) (u >> 18)); |
|
3548 *cursor++ = 0x80 | (((uchar) (u >> 12)) & 0x3f); |
|
3549 } else { |
|
3550 *cursor++ = 0xe0 | ((uchar) (u >> 12)); |
|
3551 } |
|
3552 *cursor++ = 0x80 | (((uchar) (u >> 6)) & 0x3f); |
|
3553 } |
|
3554 *cursor++ = 0x80 | ((uchar) (u&0x3f)); |
|
3555 } |
|
3556 ++ch; |
|
3557 } |
|
3558 ba.resize(cursor - (uchar*)ba.constData()); |
|
3559 } |
|
3560 return ba; |
|
3561 } |
|
3562 |
|
3563 /*! |
|
3564 \since 4.2 |
|
3565 |
|
3566 Returns a UCS-4 representation of the string as a QVector<uint>. |
|
3567 |
|
3568 \sa fromUtf8(), toAscii(), toLatin1(), toLocal8Bit(), QTextCodec, fromUcs4(), toWCharArray() |
|
3569 */ |
|
3570 QVector<uint> QString::toUcs4() const |
|
3571 { |
|
3572 QVector<uint> v(length()); |
|
3573 uint *a = v.data(); |
|
3574 const unsigned short *uc = utf16(); |
|
3575 for (int i = 0; i < length(); ++i) { |
|
3576 uint u = uc[i]; |
|
3577 if (QChar(u).isHighSurrogate() && i < length()-1) { |
|
3578 ushort low = uc[i+1]; |
|
3579 if (QChar(low).isLowSurrogate()) { |
|
3580 ++i; |
|
3581 u = QChar::surrogateToUcs4(u, low); |
|
3582 } |
|
3583 } |
|
3584 *a = u; |
|
3585 ++a; |
|
3586 } |
|
3587 v.resize(a - v.data()); |
|
3588 return v; |
|
3589 } |
|
3590 |
|
3591 QString::Data *QString::fromLatin1_helper(const char *str, int size) |
|
3592 { |
|
3593 Data *d; |
|
3594 if (!str) { |
|
3595 d = &shared_null; |
|
3596 d->ref.ref(); |
|
3597 } else if (size == 0 || (!*str && size < 0)) { |
|
3598 d = &shared_empty; |
|
3599 d->ref.ref(); |
|
3600 } else { |
|
3601 if (size < 0) |
|
3602 size = qstrlen(str); |
|
3603 d = static_cast<Data *>(qMalloc(sizeof(Data) + size * sizeof(QChar))); |
|
3604 Q_CHECK_PTR(d); |
|
3605 d->ref = 1; |
|
3606 d->alloc = d->size = size; |
|
3607 d->clean = d->asciiCache = d->simpletext = d->righttoleft = d->capacity = 0; |
|
3608 d->data = d->array; |
|
3609 ushort *i = d->data; |
|
3610 d->array[size] = '\0'; |
|
3611 while (size--) |
|
3612 *i++ = (uchar)*str++; |
|
3613 } |
|
3614 return d; |
|
3615 } |
|
3616 |
|
3617 QString::Data *QString::fromAscii_helper(const char *str, int size) |
|
3618 { |
|
3619 #ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC |
|
3620 if (codecForCStrings) { |
|
3621 Data *d; |
|
3622 if (!str) { |
|
3623 d = &shared_null; |
|
3624 d->ref.ref(); |
|
3625 } else if (size == 0 || (!*str && size < 0)) { |
|
3626 d = &shared_empty; |
|
3627 d->ref.ref(); |
|
3628 } else { |
|
3629 if (size < 0) |
|
3630 size = qstrlen(str); |
|
3631 QString s = codecForCStrings->toUnicode(str, size); |
|
3632 d = s.d; |
|
3633 d->ref.ref(); |
|
3634 } |
|
3635 return d; |
|
3636 } |
|
3637 #endif |
|
3638 return fromLatin1_helper(str, size); |
|
3639 } |
|
3640 |
|
3641 /*! |
|
3642 Returns a QString initialized with the first \a size characters |
|
3643 of the Latin-1 string \a str. |
|
3644 |
|
3645 If \a size is -1 (default), it is taken to be qstrlen(\a |
|
3646 str). |
|
3647 |
|
3648 \sa toLatin1(), fromAscii(), fromUtf8(), fromLocal8Bit() |
|
3649 */ |
|
3650 QString QString::fromLatin1(const char *str, int size) |
|
3651 { |
|
3652 return QString(fromLatin1_helper(str, size), 0); |
|
3653 } |
|
3654 |
|
3655 |
|
3656 #ifdef QT3_SUPPORT |
|
3657 |
|
3658 /*! |
|
3659 \internal |
|
3660 */ |
|
3661 const char *QString::ascii_helper() const |
|
3662 { |
|
3663 if (!asciiCache) |
|
3664 asciiCache = new QHash<void *, QByteArray>(); |
|
3665 |
|
3666 d->asciiCache = true; |
|
3667 QByteArray ascii = toAscii(); |
|
3668 QByteArray old = asciiCache->value(d); |
|
3669 if (old == ascii) |
|
3670 return old.constData(); |
|
3671 asciiCache->insert(d, ascii); |
|
3672 return ascii.constData(); |
|
3673 } |
|
3674 |
|
3675 /*! |
|
3676 \internal |
|
3677 */ |
|
3678 const char *QString::latin1_helper() const |
|
3679 { |
|
3680 if (!asciiCache) |
|
3681 asciiCache = new QHash<void *, QByteArray>(); |
|
3682 |
|
3683 d->asciiCache = true; |
|
3684 QByteArray ascii = toLatin1(); |
|
3685 QByteArray old = asciiCache->value(d); |
|
3686 if (old == ascii) |
|
3687 return old.constData(); |
|
3688 asciiCache->insert(d, ascii); |
|
3689 return ascii.constData(); |
|
3690 } |
|
3691 |
|
3692 #endif |
|
3693 |
|
3694 QT_END_NAMESPACE |
|
3695 |
|
3696 #if defined(Q_OS_WIN32) || defined(Q_OS_WINCE) |
|
3697 #include "qt_windows.h" |
|
3698 |
|
3699 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE |
|
3700 |
|
3701 QByteArray qt_winQString2MB(const QString& s, int uclen) |
|
3702 { |
|
3703 if (uclen < 0) |
|
3704 uclen = s.length(); |
|
3705 if (s.isNull()) |
|
3706 return QByteArray(); |
|
3707 if (uclen == 0) |
|
3708 return QByteArray(""); |
|
3709 return qt_winQString2MB(s.constData(), uclen); |
|
3710 } |
|
3711 |
|
3712 QByteArray qt_winQString2MB(const QChar *ch, int uclen) |
|
3713 { |
|
3714 if (!ch) |
|
3715 return QByteArray(); |
|
3716 if (uclen == 0) |
|
3717 return QByteArray(""); |
|
3718 BOOL used_def; |
|
3719 QByteArray mb(4096, 0); |
|
3720 int len; |
|
3721 while (!(len=WideCharToMultiByte(CP_ACP, 0, (const wchar_t*)ch, uclen, |
|
3722 mb.data(), mb.size()-1, 0, &used_def))) |
|
3723 { |
|
3724 int r = GetLastError(); |
|
3725 if (r == ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_BUFFER) { |
|
3726 mb.resize(1+WideCharToMultiByte(CP_ACP, 0, |
|
3727 (const wchar_t*)ch, uclen, |
|
3728 0, 0, 0, &used_def)); |
|
3729 // and try again... |
|
3730 } else { |
|
3731 #ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG |
|
3732 // Fail. |
|
3733 qWarning("WideCharToMultiByte: Cannot convert multibyte text (error %d): %s (UTF-8)", |
|
3734 r, QString(ch, uclen).toLocal8Bit().data()); |
|
3735 #endif |
|
3736 break; |
|
3737 } |
|
3738 } |
|
3739 mb.resize(len); |
|
3740 return mb; |
|
3741 } |
|
3742 |
|
3743 QString qt_winMB2QString(const char *mb, int mblen) |
|
3744 { |
|
3745 if (!mb || !mblen) |
|
3746 return QString(); |
|
3747 const int wclen_auto = 4096; |
|
3748 wchar_t wc_auto[wclen_auto]; |
|
3749 int wclen = wclen_auto; |
|
3750 wchar_t *wc = wc_auto; |
|
3751 int len; |
|
3752 while (!(len=MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, MB_PRECOMPOSED, |
|
3753 mb, mblen, wc, wclen))) |
|
3754 { |
|
3755 int r = GetLastError(); |
|
3756 if (r == ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_BUFFER) { |
|
3757 if (wc != wc_auto) { |
|
3758 qWarning("MultiByteToWideChar: Size changed"); |
|
3759 break; |
|
3760 } else { |
|
3761 wclen = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, MB_PRECOMPOSED, |
|
3762 mb, mblen, 0, 0); |
|
3763 wc = new wchar_t[wclen]; |
|
3764 // and try again... |
|
3765 } |
|
3766 } else { |
|
3767 // Fail. |
|
3768 qWarning("MultiByteToWideChar: Cannot convert multibyte text"); |
|
3769 break; |
|
3770 } |
|
3771 } |
|
3772 if (len <= 0) |
|
3773 return QString(); |
|
3774 if (wc[len-1] == 0) // len - 1: we don't want terminator |
|
3775 --len; |
|
3776 QString s((QChar*)wc, len); |
|
3777 if (wc != wc_auto) |
|
3778 delete [] wc; |
|
3779 return s; |
|
3780 } |
|
3781 |
|
3782 QT_END_NAMESPACE |
|
3783 |
|
3784 #endif // Q_OS_WIN32 |
|
3785 |
|
3786 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE |
|
3787 |
|
3788 /*! |
|
3789 Returns a QString initialized with the first \a size characters |
|
3790 of the 8-bit string \a str. |
|
3791 |
|
3792 If \a size is -1 (default), it is taken to be qstrlen(\a |
|
3793 str). |
|
3794 |
|
3795 QTextCodec::codecForLocale() is used to perform the conversion |
|
3796 from Unicode. |
|
3797 |
|
3798 \sa toLocal8Bit(), fromAscii(), fromLatin1(), fromUtf8() |
|
3799 */ |
|
3800 QString QString::fromLocal8Bit(const char *str, int size) |
|
3801 { |
|
3802 if (!str) |
|
3803 return QString(); |
|
3804 if (size == 0 || (!*str && size < 0)) |
|
3805 return QLatin1String(""); |
|
3806 #if !defined(QT_NO_TEXTCODEC) |
|
3807 if (size < 0) |
|
3808 size = qstrlen(str); |
|
3809 QTextCodec *codec = QTextCodec::codecForLocale(); |
|
3810 if (codec) |
|
3811 return codec->toUnicode(str, size); |
|
3812 #endif // !QT_NO_TEXTCODEC |
|
3813 return fromLatin1(str, size); |
|
3814 } |
|
3815 |
|
3816 /*! |
|
3817 Returns a QString initialized with the first \a size characters |
|
3818 of the 8-bit ASCII string \a str. |
|
3819 |
|
3820 If \a size is -1 (default), it is taken to be qstrlen(\a |
|
3821 str). |
|
3822 |
|
3823 If a codec has been set using QTextCodec::setCodecForCStrings(), |
|
3824 it is used to convert \a str to Unicode; otherwise this function |
|
3825 does the same as fromLatin1(). |
|
3826 |
|
3827 \sa toAscii(), fromLatin1(), fromUtf8(), fromLocal8Bit() |
|
3828 */ |
|
3829 QString QString::fromAscii(const char *str, int size) |
|
3830 { |
|
3831 return QString(fromAscii_helper(str, size), 0); |
|
3832 } |
|
3833 |
|
3834 /*! |
|
3835 Returns a QString initialized with the first \a size bytes |
|
3836 of the UTF-8 string \a str. |
|
3837 |
|
3838 If \a size is -1 (default), it is taken to be qstrlen(\a |
|
3839 str). |
|
3840 |
|
3841 \sa toUtf8(), fromAscii(), fromLatin1(), fromLocal8Bit() |
|
3842 */ |
|
3843 QString QString::fromUtf8(const char *str, int size) |
|
3844 { |
|
3845 if (!str) |
|
3846 return QString(); |
|
3847 if (size < 0) |
|
3848 size = qstrlen(str); |
|
3849 |
|
3850 return QUtf8::convertToUnicode(str, size, 0); |
|
3851 } |
|
3852 |
|
3853 /*! |
|
3854 Returns a QString initialized with the first \a size characters |
|
3855 of the Unicode string \a unicode (ISO-10646-UTF-16 encoded). |
|
3856 |
|
3857 If \a size is -1 (default), \a unicode must be terminated |
|
3858 with a 0. |
|
3859 |
|
3860 QString makes a deep copy of the Unicode data. |
|
3861 |
|
3862 \sa utf16(), setUtf16() |
|
3863 */ |
|
3864 QString QString::fromUtf16(const ushort *unicode, int size) |
|
3865 { |
|
3866 if (!unicode) |
|
3867 return QString(); |
|
3868 if (size < 0) { |
|
3869 size = 0; |
|
3870 while (unicode[size] != 0) |
|
3871 ++size; |
|
3872 } |
|
3873 return QUtf16::convertToUnicode((const char *)unicode, size*2, 0); |
|
3874 } |
|
3875 |
|
3876 |
|
3877 /*! |
|
3878 \since 4.2 |
|
3879 |
|
3880 Returns a QString initialized with the first \a size characters |
|
3881 of the Unicode string \a unicode (ISO-10646-UCS-4 encoded). |
|
3882 |
|
3883 If \a size is -1 (default), \a unicode must be terminated |
|
3884 with a 0. |
|
3885 |
|
3886 \sa toUcs4(), fromUtf16(), utf16(), setUtf16(), fromWCharArray() |
|
3887 */ |
|
3888 QString QString::fromUcs4(const uint *unicode, int size) |
|
3889 { |
|
3890 if (!unicode) |
|
3891 return QString(); |
|
3892 if (size < 0) { |
|
3893 size = 0; |
|
3894 while (unicode[size] != 0) |
|
3895 ++size; |
|
3896 } |
|
3897 return QUtf32::convertToUnicode((const char *)unicode, size*4, 0); |
|
3898 } |
|
3899 |
|
3900 /*! |
|
3901 Resizes the string to \a size characters and copies \a unicode |
|
3902 into the string. |
|
3903 |
|
3904 If \a unicode is 0, nothing is copied, but the string is still |
|
3905 resized to \a size. |
|
3906 |
|
3907 \sa unicode(), setUtf16() |
|
3908 */ |
|
3909 QString& QString::setUnicode(const QChar *unicode, int size) |
|
3910 { |
|
3911 resize(size); |
|
3912 if (unicode && size) |
|
3913 memcpy(d->data, unicode, size * sizeof(QChar)); |
|
3914 return *this; |
|
3915 } |
|
3916 |
|
3917 /*! |
|
3918 \fn QString &QString::setUtf16(const ushort *unicode, int size) |
|
3919 |
|
3920 Resizes the string to \a size characters and copies \a unicode |
|
3921 into the string. |
|
3922 |
|
3923 If \a unicode is 0, nothing is copied, but the string is still |
|
3924 resized to \a size. |
|
3925 |
|
3926 \sa utf16(), setUnicode() |
|
3927 */ |
|
3928 |
|
3929 /*! |
|
3930 Returns a string that has whitespace removed from the start |
|
3931 and the end, and that has each sequence of internal whitespace |
|
3932 replaced with a single space. |
|
3933 |
|
3934 Whitespace means any character for which QChar::isSpace() returns |
|
3935 true. This includes the ASCII characters '\\t', '\\n', '\\v', |
|
3936 '\\f', '\\r', and ' '. |
|
3937 |
|
3938 Example: |
|
3939 |
|
3940 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 57 |
|
3941 |
|
3942 \sa trimmed() |
|
3943 */ |
|
3944 QString QString::simplified() const |
|
3945 { |
|
3946 if (d->size == 0) |
|
3947 return *this; |
|
3948 QString result(d->size, Qt::Uninitialized); |
|
3949 const QChar *from = (const QChar*) d->data; |
|
3950 const QChar *fromend = (const QChar*) from+d->size; |
|
3951 int outc=0; |
|
3952 QChar *to = (QChar*) result.d->data; |
|
3953 for (;;) { |
|
3954 while (from!=fromend && from->isSpace()) |
|
3955 from++; |
|
3956 while (from!=fromend && !from->isSpace()) |
|
3957 to[outc++] = *from++; |
|
3958 if (from!=fromend) |
|
3959 to[outc++] = QLatin1Char(' '); |
|
3960 else |
|
3961 break; |
|
3962 } |
|
3963 if (outc > 0 && to[outc-1] == QLatin1Char(' ')) |
|
3964 outc--; |
|
3965 result.truncate(outc); |
|
3966 return result; |
|
3967 } |
|
3968 |
|
3969 /*! |
|
3970 Returns a string that has whitespace removed from the start and |
|
3971 the end. |
|
3972 |
|
3973 Whitespace means any character for which QChar::isSpace() returns |
|
3974 true. This includes the ASCII characters '\\t', '\\n', '\\v', |
|
3975 '\\f', '\\r', and ' '. |
|
3976 |
|
3977 Example: |
|
3978 |
|
3979 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 82 |
|
3980 |
|
3981 Unlike simplified(), trimmed() leaves internal whitespace alone. |
|
3982 |
|
3983 \sa simplified() |
|
3984 */ |
|
3985 QString QString::trimmed() const |
|
3986 { |
|
3987 if (d->size == 0) |
|
3988 return *this; |
|
3989 const QChar *s = (const QChar*)d->data; |
|
3990 if (!s->isSpace() && !s[d->size-1].isSpace()) |
|
3991 return *this; |
|
3992 int start = 0; |
|
3993 int end = d->size - 1; |
|
3994 while (start<=end && s[start].isSpace()) // skip white space from start |
|
3995 start++; |
|
3996 if (start <= end) { // only white space |
|
3997 while (end && s[end].isSpace()) // skip white space from end |
|
3998 end--; |
|
3999 } |
|
4000 int l = end - start + 1; |
|
4001 if (l <= 0) { |
|
4002 shared_empty.ref.ref(); |
|
4003 return QString(&shared_empty, 0); |
|
4004 } |
|
4005 return QString(s + start, l); |
|
4006 } |
|
4007 |
|
4008 /*! \fn const QChar QString::at(int position) const |
|
4009 |
|
4010 Returns the character at the given index \a position in the |
|
4011 string. |
|
4012 |
|
4013 The \a position must be a valid index position in the string |
|
4014 (i.e., 0 <= \a position < size()). |
|
4015 |
|
4016 \sa operator[]() |
|
4017 */ |
|
4018 |
|
4019 /*! |
|
4020 \fn QCharRef QString::operator[](int position) |
|
4021 |
|
4022 Returns the character at the specified \a position in the string as a |
|
4023 modifiable reference. |
|
4024 |
|
4025 Example: |
|
4026 |
|
4027 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 85 |
|
4028 |
|
4029 The return value is of type QCharRef, a helper class for QString. |
|
4030 When you get an object of type QCharRef, you can use it as if it |
|
4031 were a QChar &. If you assign to it, the assignment will apply to |
|
4032 the character in the QString from which you got the reference. |
|
4033 |
|
4034 \sa at() |
|
4035 */ |
|
4036 |
|
4037 /*! |
|
4038 \fn const QChar QString::operator[](int position) const |
|
4039 |
|
4040 \overload operator[]() |
|
4041 */ |
|
4042 |
|
4043 /*! \fn QCharRef QString::operator[](uint position) |
|
4044 |
|
4045 \overload operator[]() |
|
4046 |
|
4047 Returns the character at the specified \a position in the string as a |
|
4048 modifiable reference. Equivalent to \c at(position). |
|
4049 */ |
|
4050 |
|
4051 /*! \fn const QChar QString::operator[](uint position) const |
|
4052 |
|
4053 \overload operator[]() |
|
4054 */ |
|
4055 |
|
4056 /*! |
|
4057 \fn void QString::truncate(int position) |
|
4058 |
|
4059 Truncates the string at the given \a position index. |
|
4060 |
|
4061 If the specified \a position index is beyond the end of the |
|
4062 string, nothing happens. |
|
4063 |
|
4064 Example: |
|
4065 |
|
4066 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 83 |
|
4067 |
|
4068 If \a position is negative, it is equivalent to passing zero. |
|
4069 |
|
4070 \sa chop(), resize(), left() |
|
4071 */ |
|
4072 |
|
4073 void QString::truncate(int pos) |
|
4074 { |
|
4075 if (pos < d->size) |
|
4076 resize(pos); |
|
4077 } |
|
4078 |
|
4079 |
|
4080 /*! |
|
4081 Removes \a n characters from the end of the string. |
|
4082 |
|
4083 If \a n is greater than size(), the result is an empty string. |
|
4084 |
|
4085 Example: |
|
4086 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 15 |
|
4087 |
|
4088 If you want to remove characters from the \e beginning of the |
|
4089 string, use remove() instead. |
|
4090 |
|
4091 \sa truncate(), resize(), remove() |
|
4092 */ |
|
4093 void QString::chop(int n) |
|
4094 { |
|
4095 if (n > 0) |
|
4096 resize(d->size - n); |
|
4097 } |
|
4098 |
|
4099 /*! |
|
4100 Sets every character in the string to character \a ch. If \a size |
|
4101 is different from -1 (default), the string is resized to \a |
|
4102 size beforehand. |
|
4103 |
|
4104 Example: |
|
4105 |
|
4106 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 21 |
|
4107 |
|
4108 \sa resize() |
|
4109 */ |
|
4110 |
|
4111 QString& QString::fill(QChar ch, int size) |
|
4112 { |
|
4113 resize(size < 0 ? d->size : size); |
|
4114 if (d->size) { |
|
4115 QChar *i = (QChar*)d->data + d->size; |
|
4116 QChar *b = (QChar*)d->data; |
|
4117 while (i != b) |
|
4118 *--i = ch; |
|
4119 } |
|
4120 return *this; |
|
4121 } |
|
4122 |
|
4123 /*! |
|
4124 \fn int QString::length() const |
|
4125 |
|
4126 Returns the number of characters in this string. Equivalent to |
|
4127 size(). |
|
4128 |
|
4129 \sa setLength() |
|
4130 */ |
|
4131 |
|
4132 /*! |
|
4133 \fn int QString::size() const |
|
4134 |
|
4135 Returns the number of characters in this string. |
|
4136 |
|
4137 The last character in the string is at position size() - 1. In |
|
4138 addition, QString ensures that the character at position size() |
|
4139 is always '\\0', so that you can use the return value of data() |
|
4140 and constData() as arguments to functions that expect |
|
4141 '\\0'-terminated strings. |
|
4142 |
|
4143 Example: |
|
4144 |
|
4145 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 58 |
|
4146 |
|
4147 \sa isEmpty(), resize() |
|
4148 */ |
|
4149 |
|
4150 /*! \fn bool QString::isNull() const |
|
4151 |
|
4152 Returns true if this string is null; otherwise returns false. |
|
4153 |
|
4154 Example: |
|
4155 |
|
4156 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 28 |
|
4157 |
|
4158 Qt makes a distinction between null strings and empty strings for |
|
4159 historical reasons. For most applications, what matters is |
|
4160 whether or not a string contains any data, and this can be |
|
4161 determined using the isEmpty() function. |
|
4162 |
|
4163 \sa isEmpty() |
|
4164 */ |
|
4165 |
|
4166 /*! \fn bool QString::isEmpty() const |
|
4167 |
|
4168 Returns true if the string has no characters; otherwise returns |
|
4169 false. |
|
4170 |
|
4171 Example: |
|
4172 |
|
4173 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 27 |
|
4174 |
|
4175 \sa size() |
|
4176 */ |
|
4177 |
|
4178 /*! \fn QString &QString::operator+=(const QString &other) |
|
4179 |
|
4180 Appends the string \a other onto the end of this string and |
|
4181 returns a reference to this string. |
|
4182 |
|
4183 Example: |
|
4184 |
|
4185 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 84 |
|
4186 |
|
4187 This operation is typically very fast (\l{constant time}), |
|
4188 because QString preallocates extra space at the end of the string |
|
4189 data so it can grow without reallocating the entire string each |
|
4190 time. |
|
4191 |
|
4192 \sa append(), prepend() |
|
4193 */ |
|
4194 |
|
4195 /*! \fn QString &QString::operator+=(const QLatin1String &str) |
|
4196 |
|
4197 \overload operator+=() |
|
4198 |
|
4199 Appends the Latin-1 string \a str to this string. |
|
4200 */ |
|
4201 |
|
4202 /*! \fn QString &QString::operator+=(const QByteArray &ba) |
|
4203 |
|
4204 \overload operator+=() |
|
4205 |
|
4206 Appends the byte array \a ba to this string. The byte array is |
|
4207 converted to Unicode using the fromAscii() function. |
|
4208 |
|
4209 You can disable this function by defining \c |
|
4210 QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This |
|
4211 can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings |
|
4212 go through QObject::tr(), for example. |
|
4213 */ |
|
4214 |
|
4215 /*! \fn QString &QString::operator+=(const char *str) |
|
4216 |
|
4217 \overload operator+=() |
|
4218 |
|
4219 Appends the string \a str to this string. The const char pointer |
|
4220 is converted to Unicode using the fromAscii() function. |
|
4221 |
|
4222 You can disable this function by defining \c QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII |
|
4223 when you compile your applications. This can be useful if you want |
|
4224 to ensure that all user-visible strings go through QObject::tr(), |
|
4225 for example. |
|
4226 */ |
|
4227 |
|
4228 /*! \fn QString &QString::operator+=(const QStringRef &str) |
|
4229 |
|
4230 \overload operator+=() |
|
4231 |
|
4232 Appends the string section referenced by \a str to this string. |
|
4233 */ |
|
4234 |
|
4235 /*! \fn QString &QString::operator+=(char ch) |
|
4236 |
|
4237 \overload operator+=() |
|
4238 |
|
4239 Appends the character \a ch to this string. The character is |
|
4240 converted to Unicode using the fromAscii() function. |
|
4241 |
|
4242 You can disable this function by defining \c QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII |
|
4243 when you compile your applications. This can be useful if you want |
|
4244 to ensure that all user-visible strings go through QObject::tr(), |
|
4245 for example. |
|
4246 */ |
|
4247 |
|
4248 /*! \fn QString &QString::operator+=(QChar ch) |
|
4249 |
|
4250 \overload operator+=() |
|
4251 |
|
4252 Appends the character \a ch to the string. |
|
4253 */ |
|
4254 |
|
4255 /*! \fn QString &QString::operator+=(QChar::SpecialCharacter c) |
|
4256 |
|
4257 \overload operator+=() |
|
4258 |
|
4259 \internal |
|
4260 */ |
|
4261 |
|
4262 /*! |
|
4263 \fn bool operator==(const char *s1, const QString &s2) |
|
4264 |
|
4265 \overload operator==() |
|
4266 \relates QString |
|
4267 |
|
4268 Returns true if \a s1 is equal to \a s2; otherwise returns false. |
|
4269 Note that no string is equal to \a s1 being 0. |
|
4270 |
|
4271 Equivalent to \c {s1 != 0 && compare(s1, s2) == 0}. |
|
4272 |
|
4273 \sa QString::compare() |
|
4274 */ |
|
4275 |
|
4276 /*! |
|
4277 \fn bool operator!=(const char *s1, const QString &s2) |
|
4278 \relates QString |
|
4279 |
|
4280 Returns true if \a s1 is not equal to \a s2; otherwise returns |
|
4281 false. |
|
4282 |
|
4283 For \a s1 != 0, this is equivalent to \c {compare(} \a s1, \a s2 |
|
4284 \c {) != 0}. Note that no string is equal to \a s1 being 0. |
|
4285 |
|
4286 \sa QString::compare() |
|
4287 */ |
|
4288 |
|
4289 /*! |
|
4290 \fn bool operator<(const char *s1, const QString &s2) |
|
4291 \relates QString |
|
4292 |
|
4293 Returns true if \a s1 is lexically less than \a s2; otherwise |
|
4294 returns false. For \a s1 != 0, this is equivalent to \c |
|
4295 {compare(s1, s2) < 0}. |
|
4296 |
|
4297 The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values |
|
4298 of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would |
|
4299 expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings using the |
|
4300 QString::localeAwareCompare() function. |
|
4301 |
|
4302 \sa QString::compare() |
|
4303 */ |
|
4304 |
|
4305 /*! |
|
4306 \fn bool operator<=(const char *s1, const QString &s2) |
|
4307 \relates QString |
|
4308 |
|
4309 Returns true if \a s1 is lexically less than or equal to \a s2; |
|
4310 otherwise returns false. For \a s1 != 0, this is equivalent to \c |
|
4311 {compare(s1, s2) <= 0}. |
|
4312 |
|
4313 The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values |
|
4314 of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would |
|
4315 expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings with |
|
4316 QString::localeAwareCompare(). |
|
4317 |
|
4318 \sa QString::compare() |
|
4319 */ |
|
4320 |
|
4321 /*! |
|
4322 \fn bool operator>(const char *s1, const QString &s2) |
|
4323 \relates QString |
|
4324 |
|
4325 Returns true if \a s1 is lexically greater than \a s2; otherwise |
|
4326 returns false. Equivalent to \c {compare(s1, s2) > 0}. |
|
4327 |
|
4328 The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values |
|
4329 of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would |
|
4330 expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings using the |
|
4331 QString::localeAwareCompare() function. |
|
4332 |
|
4333 \sa QString::compare() |
|
4334 */ |
|
4335 |
|
4336 /*! |
|
4337 \fn bool operator>=(const char *s1, const QString &s2) |
|
4338 \relates QString |
|
4339 |
|
4340 Returns true if \a s1 is lexically greater than or equal to \a s2; |
|
4341 otherwise returns false. For \a s1 != 0, this is equivalent to \c |
|
4342 {compare(s1, s2) >= 0}. |
|
4343 |
|
4344 The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values |
|
4345 of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would |
|
4346 expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings using the |
|
4347 QString::localeAwareCompare() function. |
|
4348 */ |
|
4349 |
|
4350 /*! |
|
4351 \fn const QString operator+(const QString &s1, const QString &s2) |
|
4352 \relates QString |
|
4353 |
|
4354 Returns a string which is the result of concatenating \a s1 and \a |
|
4355 s2. |
|
4356 */ |
|
4357 |
|
4358 /*! |
|
4359 \fn const QString operator+(const QString &s1, const char *s2) |
|
4360 \relates QString |
|
4361 |
|
4362 Returns a string which is the result of concatenating \a s1 and \a |
|
4363 s2 (\a s2 is converted to Unicode using the QString::fromAscii() |
|
4364 function). |
|
4365 |
|
4366 \sa QString::fromAscii() |
|
4367 */ |
|
4368 |
|
4369 /*! |
|
4370 \fn const QString operator+(const char *s1, const QString &s2) |
|
4371 \relates QString |
|
4372 |
|
4373 Returns a string which is the result of concatenating \a s1 and \a |
|
4374 s2 (\a s1 is converted to Unicode using the QString::fromAscii() |
|
4375 function). |
|
4376 |
|
4377 \sa QString::fromAscii() |
|
4378 */ |
|
4379 |
|
4380 /*! |
|
4381 \fn const QString operator+(const QString &s, char ch) |
|
4382 \relates QString |
|
4383 |
|
4384 Returns a string which is the result of concatenating the string |
|
4385 \a s and the character \a ch. |
|
4386 */ |
|
4387 |
|
4388 /*! |
|
4389 \fn const QString operator+(char ch, const QString &s) |
|
4390 \relates QString |
|
4391 |
|
4392 Returns a string which is the result of concatenating the |
|
4393 character \a ch and the string \a s. |
|
4394 */ |
|
4395 |
|
4396 /*! |
|
4397 \fn int QString::compare(const QString &s1, const QString &s2, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) |
|
4398 \since 4.2 |
|
4399 |
|
4400 Compares \a s1 with \a s2 and returns an integer less than, equal |
|
4401 to, or greater than zero if \a s1 is less than, equal to, or |
|
4402 greater than \a s2. |
|
4403 |
|
4404 If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive, the comparison is case sensitive; |
|
4405 otherwise the comparison is case insensitive. |
|
4406 |
|
4407 Case sensitive comparison is based exclusively on the numeric |
|
4408 Unicode values of the characters and is very fast, but is not what |
|
4409 a human would expect. Consider sorting user-visible strings with |
|
4410 localeAwareCompare(). |
|
4411 |
|
4412 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 16 |
|
4413 |
|
4414 \sa operator==(), operator<(), operator>() |
|
4415 */ |
|
4416 |
|
4417 /*! |
|
4418 \fn int QString::compare(const QString & s1, const QString & s2) |
|
4419 |
|
4420 \overload compare() |
|
4421 |
|
4422 Performs a case sensitive compare of \a s1 and \a s2. |
|
4423 */ |
|
4424 |
|
4425 /*! |
|
4426 \fn int QString::compare(const QString &s1, const QLatin1String &s2, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) |
|
4427 \since 4.2 |
|
4428 \overload compare() |
|
4429 |
|
4430 Performs a comparison of \a s1 and \a s2, using the case |
|
4431 sensitivity setting \a cs. |
|
4432 */ |
|
4433 |
|
4434 /*! |
|
4435 \fn int QString::compare(const QLatin1String &s1, const QString &s2, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs = Qt::CaseSensitive) |
|
4436 |
|
4437 \since 4.2 |
|
4438 \overload compare() |
|
4439 |
|
4440 Performs a comparison of \a s1 and \a s2, using the case |
|
4441 sensitivity setting \a cs. |
|
4442 */ |
|
4443 |
|
4444 /*! |
|
4445 \overload compare() |
|
4446 |
|
4447 Lexically compares this string with the \a other string and |
|
4448 returns an integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if |
|
4449 this string is less than, equal to, or greater than the other |
|
4450 string. |
|
4451 |
|
4452 Equivalent to \c {compare(*this, other)}. |
|
4453 */ |
|
4454 int QString::compare(const QString &other) const |
|
4455 { |
|
4456 return ucstrcmp(constData(), length(), other.constData(), other.length()); |
|
4457 } |
|
4458 |
|
4459 /*! |
|
4460 \overload compare() |
|
4461 \since 4.2 |
|
4462 |
|
4463 Same as compare(*this, \a other, \a cs). |
|
4464 */ |
|
4465 int QString::compare(const QString &other, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) const |
|
4466 { |
|
4467 if (cs == Qt::CaseSensitive) |
|
4468 return ucstrcmp(constData(), length(), other.constData(), other.length()); |
|
4469 return ucstricmp(d->data, d->data + d->size, other.d->data, other.d->data + other.d->size); |
|
4470 } |
|
4471 |
|
4472 /*! |
|
4473 \internal |
|
4474 \since 4.5 |
|
4475 */ |
|
4476 int QString::compare_helper(const QChar *data1, int length1, const QChar *data2, int length2, |
|
4477 Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) |
|
4478 { |
|
4479 if (cs == Qt::CaseSensitive) |
|
4480 return ucstrcmp(data1, length1, data2, length2); |
|
4481 register const ushort *s1 = reinterpret_cast<const ushort *>(data1); |
|
4482 register const ushort *s2 = reinterpret_cast<const ushort *>(data2); |
|
4483 return ucstricmp(s1, s1 + length1, s2, s2 + length2); |
|
4484 } |
|
4485 |
|
4486 /*! |
|
4487 \overload compare() |
|
4488 \since 4.2 |
|
4489 |
|
4490 Same as compare(*this, \a other, \a cs). |
|
4491 */ |
|
4492 int QString::compare(const QLatin1String &other, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) const |
|
4493 { |
|
4494 return compare_helper(unicode(), length(), other, cs); |
|
4495 } |
|
4496 |
|
4497 /*! |
|
4498 \fn int QString::compare(const QStringRef &ref, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs = Qt::CaseSensitive) const |
|
4499 \overload compare() |
|
4500 |
|
4501 Compares the string reference, \a ref, with the string and returns |
|
4502 an integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if the string |
|
4503 is less than, equal to, or greater than \a ref. |
|
4504 */ |
|
4505 |
|
4506 /*! |
|
4507 \fn int QString::compare(const QString &s1, const QStringRef &s2, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs = Qt::CaseSensitive) |
|
4508 \overload compare() |
|
4509 */ |
|
4510 |
|
4511 /*! |
|
4512 \internal |
|
4513 \since 4.5 |
|
4514 */ |
|
4515 int QString::compare_helper(const QChar *data1, int length1, QLatin1String s2, |
|
4516 Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) |
|
4517 { |
|
4518 const ushort *uc = reinterpret_cast<const ushort *>(data1); |
|
4519 const ushort *e = uc + length1; |
|
4520 const uchar *c = (uchar *)s2.latin1(); |
|
4521 |
|
4522 if (!c) |
|
4523 return length1; |
|
4524 |
|
4525 if (cs == Qt::CaseSensitive) { |
|
4526 while (uc != e && *c && *uc == *c) |
|
4527 uc++, c++; |
|
4528 |
|
4529 return *uc - *c; |
|
4530 } else { |
|
4531 return ucstricmp(uc, e, c); |
|
4532 } |
|
4533 } |
|
4534 |
|
4535 /*! |
|
4536 \fn int QString::localeAwareCompare(const QString & s1, const QString & s2) |
|
4537 |
|
4538 Compares \a s1 with \a s2 and returns an integer less than, equal |
|
4539 to, or greater than zero if \a s1 is less than, equal to, or |
|
4540 greater than \a s2. |
|
4541 |
|
4542 The comparison is performed in a locale- and also |
|
4543 platform-dependent manner. Use this function to present sorted |
|
4544 lists of strings to the user. |
|
4545 |
|
4546 On Mac OS X since Qt 4.3, this function compares according the |
|
4547 "Order for sorted lists" setting in the International prefereces panel. |
|
4548 |
|
4549 \sa compare(), QTextCodec::locale() |
|
4550 */ |
|
4551 |
|
4552 /*! |
|
4553 \fn int QString::localeAwareCompare(const QStringRef &other) const |
|
4554 \since 4.5 |
|
4555 \overload localeAwareCompare() |
|
4556 |
|
4557 Compares this string with the \a other string and returns an |
|
4558 integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if this string |
|
4559 is less than, equal to, or greater than the \a other string. |
|
4560 |
|
4561 The comparison is performed in a locale- and also |
|
4562 platform-dependent manner. Use this function to present sorted |
|
4563 lists of strings to the user. |
|
4564 |
|
4565 Same as \c {localeAwareCompare(*this, other)}. |
|
4566 */ |
|
4567 |
|
4568 /*! |
|
4569 \fn int QString::localeAwareCompare(const QString &s1, const QStringRef &s2) |
|
4570 \since 4.5 |
|
4571 \overload localeAwareCompare() |
|
4572 |
|
4573 Compares \a s1 with \a s2 and returns an integer less than, equal |
|
4574 to, or greater than zero if \a s1 is less than, equal to, or |
|
4575 greater than \a s2. |
|
4576 |
|
4577 The comparison is performed in a locale- and also |
|
4578 platform-dependent manner. Use this function to present sorted |
|
4579 lists of strings to the user. |
|
4580 */ |
|
4581 |
|
4582 |
|
4583 #if !defined(CSTR_LESS_THAN) |
|
4584 #define CSTR_LESS_THAN 1 |
|
4585 #define CSTR_EQUAL 2 |
|
4586 #define CSTR_GREATER_THAN 3 |
|
4587 #endif |
|
4588 |
|
4589 /*! |
|
4590 \overload localeAwareCompare() |
|
4591 |
|
4592 Compares this string with the \a other string and returns an |
|
4593 integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if this string |
|
4594 is less than, equal to, or greater than the \a other string. |
|
4595 |
|
4596 The comparison is performed in a locale- and also |
|
4597 platform-dependent manner. Use this function to present sorted |
|
4598 lists of strings to the user. |
|
4599 |
|
4600 Same as \c {localeAwareCompare(*this, other)}. |
|
4601 */ |
|
4602 int QString::localeAwareCompare(const QString &other) const |
|
4603 { |
|
4604 return localeAwareCompare_helper(constData(), length(), other.constData(), other.length()); |
|
4605 } |
|
4606 |
|
4607 /*! |
|
4608 \internal |
|
4609 \since 4.5 |
|
4610 */ |
|
4611 int QString::localeAwareCompare_helper(const QChar *data1, int length1, |
|
4612 const QChar *data2, int length2) |
|
4613 { |
|
4614 // do the right thing for null and empty |
|
4615 if (length1 == 0 || length2 == 0) |
|
4616 return ucstrcmp(data1, length1, data2, length2); |
|
4617 |
|
4618 #if defined(Q_OS_WIN32) || defined(Q_OS_WINCE) |
|
4619 int res = CompareString(GetUserDefaultLCID(), 0, (wchar_t*)data1, length1, (wchar_t*)data2, length2); |
|
4620 |
|
4621 switch (res) { |
|
4622 case CSTR_LESS_THAN: |
|
4623 return -1; |
|
4624 case CSTR_GREATER_THAN: |
|
4625 return 1; |
|
4626 default: |
|
4627 return 0; |
|
4628 } |
|
4629 #elif defined (Q_OS_MAC) |
|
4630 // Use CFStringCompare for comparing strings on Mac. This makes Qt order |
|
4631 // strings the same way as native applications do, and also respects |
|
4632 // the "Order for sorted lists" setting in the International preferences |
|
4633 // panel. |
|
4634 const CFStringRef thisString = |
|
4635 CFStringCreateWithCharactersNoCopy(kCFAllocatorDefault, |
|
4636 reinterpret_cast<const UniChar *>(data1), length1, kCFAllocatorNull); |
|
4637 const CFStringRef otherString = |
|
4638 CFStringCreateWithCharactersNoCopy(kCFAllocatorDefault, |
|
4639 reinterpret_cast<const UniChar *>(data2), length2, kCFAllocatorNull); |
|
4640 |
|
4641 const int result = CFStringCompare(thisString, otherString, kCFCompareLocalized); |
|
4642 CFRelease(thisString); |
|
4643 CFRelease(otherString); |
|
4644 return result; |
|
4645 #elif defined(Q_OS_UNIX) |
|
4646 // declared in <string.h> |
|
4647 int delta = strcoll(toLocal8Bit_helper(data1, length1), toLocal8Bit_helper(data2, length2)); |
|
4648 if (delta == 0) |
|
4649 delta = ucstrcmp(data1, length1, data2, length2); |
|
4650 return delta; |
|
4651 #else |
|
4652 return ucstrcmp(data1, length1, data2, length2); |
|
4653 #endif |
|
4654 } |
|
4655 |
|
4656 |
|
4657 /*! |
|
4658 \fn const QChar *QString::unicode() const |
|
4659 |
|
4660 Returns a '\\0'-terminated Unicode representation of the string. |
|
4661 The result remains valid until the string is modified. |
|
4662 |
|
4663 \sa utf16() |
|
4664 */ |
|
4665 |
|
4666 /*! |
|
4667 \fn const ushort *QString::utf16() const |
|
4668 |
|
4669 Returns the QString as a '\\0\'-terminated array of unsigned |
|
4670 shorts. The result remains valid until the string is modified. |
|
4671 |
|
4672 \sa unicode() |
|
4673 */ |
|
4674 |
|
4675 const ushort *QString::utf16() const |
|
4676 { |
|
4677 if (d->data != d->array) { |
|
4678 QString *that = const_cast<QString*>(this); |
|
4679 that->realloc(); // ensure '\\0'-termination for ::fromRawData strings |
|
4680 return that->d->data; |
|
4681 } |
|
4682 return d->array; |
|
4683 } |
|
4684 |
|
4685 /*! |
|
4686 Returns a string of size \a width that contains this string |
|
4687 padded by the \a fill character. |
|
4688 |
|
4689 If \a truncate is false and the size() of the string is more than |
|
4690 \a width, then the returned string is a copy of the string. |
|
4691 |
|
4692 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 32 |
|
4693 |
|
4694 If \a truncate is true and the size() of the string is more than |
|
4695 \a width, then any characters in a copy of the string after |
|
4696 position \a width are removed, and the copy is returned. |
|
4697 |
|
4698 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 33 |
|
4699 |
|
4700 \sa rightJustified() |
|
4701 */ |
|
4702 |
|
4703 QString QString::leftJustified(int width, QChar fill, bool truncate) const |
|
4704 { |
|
4705 QString result; |
|
4706 int len = length(); |
|
4707 int padlen = width - len; |
|
4708 if (padlen > 0) { |
|
4709 result.resize(len+padlen); |
|
4710 if (len) |
|
4711 memcpy(result.d->data, d->data, sizeof(QChar)*len); |
|
4712 QChar *uc = (QChar*)result.d->data + len; |
|
4713 while (padlen--) |
|
4714 * uc++ = fill; |
|
4715 } else { |
|
4716 if (truncate) |
|
4717 result = left(width); |
|
4718 else |
|
4719 result = *this; |
|
4720 } |
|
4721 return result; |
|
4722 } |
|
4723 |
|
4724 /*! |
|
4725 Returns a string of size() \a width that contains the \a fill |
|
4726 character followed by the string. For example: |
|
4727 |
|
4728 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 49 |
|
4729 |
|
4730 If \a truncate is false and the size() of the string is more than |
|
4731 \a width, then the returned string is a copy of the string. |
|
4732 |
|
4733 If \a truncate is true and the size() of the string is more than |
|
4734 \a width, then the resulting string is truncated at position \a |
|
4735 width. |
|
4736 |
|
4737 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 50 |
|
4738 |
|
4739 \sa leftJustified() |
|
4740 */ |
|
4741 |
|
4742 QString QString::rightJustified(int width, QChar fill, bool truncate) const |
|
4743 { |
|
4744 QString result; |
|
4745 int len = length(); |
|
4746 int padlen = width - len; |
|
4747 if (padlen > 0) { |
|
4748 result.resize(len+padlen); |
|
4749 QChar *uc = (QChar*)result.d->data; |
|
4750 while (padlen--) |
|
4751 * uc++ = fill; |
|
4752 if (len) |
|
4753 memcpy(uc, d->data, sizeof(QChar)*len); |
|
4754 } else { |
|
4755 if (truncate) |
|
4756 result = left(width); |
|
4757 else |
|
4758 result = *this; |
|
4759 } |
|
4760 return result; |
|
4761 } |
|
4762 |
|
4763 /*! |
|
4764 Returns a lowercase copy of the string. |
|
4765 |
|
4766 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 75 |
|
4767 |
|
4768 \sa toUpper() |
|
4769 */ |
|
4770 |
|
4771 QString QString::toLower() const |
|
4772 { |
|
4773 const ushort *p = d->data; |
|
4774 if (!p) |
|
4775 return *this; |
|
4776 if (!d->size) |
|
4777 return *this; |
|
4778 |
|
4779 const ushort *e = d->data + d->size; |
|
4780 |
|
4781 // this avoids one out of bounds check in the loop |
|
4782 if (QChar(*p).isLowSurrogate()) |
|
4783 ++p; |
|
4784 |
|
4785 while (p != e) { |
|
4786 uint c = *p; |
|
4787 if (QChar(c).isLowSurrogate() && QChar(*(p - 1)).isHighSurrogate()) |
|
4788 c = QChar::surrogateToUcs4(*(p - 1), c); |
|
4789 const QUnicodeTables::Properties *prop = qGetProp(c); |
|
4790 if (prop->lowerCaseDiff || prop->lowerCaseSpecial) { |
|
4791 QString s(d->size, Qt::Uninitialized); |
|
4792 memcpy(s.d->data, d->data, (p - d->data)*sizeof(ushort)); |
|
4793 ushort *pp = s.d->data + (p - d->data); |
|
4794 while (p < e) { |
|
4795 uint c = *p; |
|
4796 if (QChar(c).isLowSurrogate() && QChar(*(p - 1)).isHighSurrogate()) |
|
4797 c = QChar::surrogateToUcs4(*(p - 1), c); |
|
4798 prop = qGetProp(c); |
|
4799 if (prop->lowerCaseSpecial) { |
|
4800 int pos = pp - s.d->data; |
|
4801 s.resize(s.d->size + SPECIAL_CASE_MAX_LEN); |
|
4802 pp = s.d->data + pos; |
|
4803 const ushort *specialCase = specialCaseMap + prop->lowerCaseDiff; |
|
4804 while (*specialCase) |
|
4805 *pp++ = *specialCase++; |
|
4806 } else { |
|
4807 *pp++ = *p + prop->lowerCaseDiff; |
|
4808 } |
|
4809 ++p; |
|
4810 } |
|
4811 s.truncate(pp - s.d->data); |
|
4812 return s; |
|
4813 } |
|
4814 ++p; |
|
4815 } |
|
4816 return *this; |
|
4817 } |
|
4818 |
|
4819 /*! |
|
4820 Returns the case folded equivalent of the string. For most Unicode |
|
4821 characters this is the same as toLower(). |
|
4822 */ |
|
4823 QString QString::toCaseFolded() const |
|
4824 { |
|
4825 if (!d->size) |
|
4826 return *this; |
|
4827 |
|
4828 const ushort *p = d->data; |
|
4829 if (!p) |
|
4830 return *this; |
|
4831 |
|
4832 const ushort *e = d->data + d->size; |
|
4833 |
|
4834 uint last = 0; |
|
4835 while (p < e) { |
|
4836 ushort folded = foldCase(*p, last); |
|
4837 if (folded != *p) { |
|
4838 QString s(*this); |
|
4839 s.detach(); |
|
4840 ushort *pp = s.d->data + (p - d->data); |
|
4841 const ushort *ppe = s.d->data + s.d->size; |
|
4842 last = pp > s.d->data ? *(pp - 1) : 0; |
|
4843 while (pp < ppe) { |
|
4844 *pp = foldCase(*pp, last); |
|
4845 ++pp; |
|
4846 } |
|
4847 return s; |
|
4848 } |
|
4849 p++; |
|
4850 } |
|
4851 return *this; |
|
4852 } |
|
4853 |
|
4854 /*! |
|
4855 Returns an uppercase copy of the string. |
|
4856 |
|
4857 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 81 |
|
4858 |
|
4859 \sa toLower() |
|
4860 */ |
|
4861 |
|
4862 QString QString::toUpper() const |
|
4863 { |
|
4864 const ushort *p = d->data; |
|
4865 if (!p) |
|
4866 return *this; |
|
4867 if (!d->size) |
|
4868 return *this; |
|
4869 |
|
4870 const ushort *e = d->data + d->size; |
|
4871 |
|
4872 // this avoids one out of bounds check in the loop |
|
4873 if (QChar(*p).isLowSurrogate()) |
|
4874 ++p; |
|
4875 |
|
4876 while (p != e) { |
|
4877 uint c = *p; |
|
4878 if (QChar(c).isLowSurrogate() && QChar(*(p - 1)).isHighSurrogate()) |
|
4879 c = QChar::surrogateToUcs4(*(p - 1), c); |
|
4880 const QUnicodeTables::Properties *prop = qGetProp(c); |
|
4881 if (prop->upperCaseDiff || prop->upperCaseSpecial) { |
|
4882 QString s(d->size, Qt::Uninitialized); |
|
4883 memcpy(s.d->data, d->data, (p - d->data)*sizeof(ushort)); |
|
4884 ushort *pp = s.d->data + (p - d->data); |
|
4885 while (p < e) { |
|
4886 uint c = *p; |
|
4887 if (QChar(c).isLowSurrogate() && QChar(*(p - 1)).isHighSurrogate()) |
|
4888 c = QChar::surrogateToUcs4(*(p - 1), c); |
|
4889 prop = qGetProp(c); |
|
4890 if (prop->upperCaseSpecial) { |
|
4891 int pos = pp - s.d->data; |
|
4892 s.resize(s.d->size + SPECIAL_CASE_MAX_LEN); |
|
4893 pp = s.d->data + pos; |
|
4894 const ushort *specialCase = specialCaseMap + prop->upperCaseDiff; |
|
4895 while (*specialCase) |
|
4896 *pp++ = *specialCase++; |
|
4897 } else { |
|
4898 *pp++ = *p + prop->upperCaseDiff; |
|
4899 } |
|
4900 ++p; |
|
4901 } |
|
4902 s.truncate(pp - s.d->data); |
|
4903 return s; |
|
4904 } |
|
4905 ++p; |
|
4906 } |
|
4907 return *this; |
|
4908 } |
|
4909 |
|
4910 // ### Qt 5: Consider whether this function shouldn't be removed See task 202871. |
|
4911 /*! |
|
4912 Safely builds a formatted string from the format string \a cformat |
|
4913 and an arbitrary list of arguments. |
|
4914 |
|
4915 The %lc escape sequence expects a unicode character of type ushort |
|
4916 (as returned by QChar::unicode()). The %ls escape sequence expects |
|
4917 a pointer to a zero-terminated array of unicode characters of type |
|
4918 ushort (as returned by QString::utf16()). |
|
4919 |
|
4920 \note This function expects a UTF-8 string for %s and Latin-1 for |
|
4921 the format string. |
|
4922 |
|
4923 The format string supports most of the conversion specifiers |
|
4924 provided by printf() in the standard C++ library. It doesn't |
|
4925 honor the length modifiers (e.g. \c h for \c short, \c ll for |
|
4926 \c{long long}). If you need those, use the standard snprintf() |
|
4927 function instead: |
|
4928 |
|
4929 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 63 |
|
4930 |
|
4931 \warning We do not recommend using QString::sprintf() in new Qt |
|
4932 code. Instead, consider using QTextStream or arg(), both of |
|
4933 which support Unicode strings seamlessly and are type-safe. |
|
4934 Here's an example that uses QTextStream: |
|
4935 |
|
4936 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 64 |
|
4937 |
|
4938 For \l {QObject::tr()}{translations}, especially if the strings |
|
4939 contains more than one escape sequence, you should consider using |
|
4940 the arg() function instead. This allows the order of the |
|
4941 replacements to be controlled by the translator. |
|
4942 |
|
4943 \sa arg() |
|
4944 */ |
|
4945 |
|
4946 QString &QString::sprintf(const char *cformat, ...) |
|
4947 { |
|
4948 va_list ap; |
|
4949 va_start(ap, cformat); |
|
4950 QString &s = vsprintf(cformat, ap); |
|
4951 va_end(ap); |
|
4952 return s; |
|
4953 } |
|
4954 |
|
4955 /*! |
|
4956 Equivalent method to sprintf(), but takes a va_list \a ap |
|
4957 instead a list of variable arguments. See the sprintf() |
|
4958 documentation for an explanation of \a cformat. |
|
4959 |
|
4960 This method does not call the va_end macro, the caller |
|
4961 is responsible to call va_end on \a ap. |
|
4962 |
|
4963 \sa sprintf() |
|
4964 */ |
|
4965 |
|
4966 QString &QString::vsprintf(const char* cformat, va_list ap) |
|
4967 { |
|
4968 QLocale locale(QLocale::C); |
|
4969 |
|
4970 if (!cformat || !*cformat) { |
|
4971 // Qt 1.x compat |
|
4972 *this = fromLatin1(""); |
|
4973 return *this; |
|
4974 } |
|
4975 |
|
4976 // Parse cformat |
|
4977 |
|
4978 QString result; |
|
4979 const char *c = cformat; |
|
4980 for (;;) { |
|
4981 // Copy non-escape chars to result |
|
4982 while (*c != '\0' && *c != '%') |
|
4983 result.append(QLatin1Char(*c++)); |
|
4984 |
|
4985 if (*c == '\0') |
|
4986 break; |
|
4987 |
|
4988 // Found '%' |
|
4989 const char *escape_start = c; |
|
4990 ++c; |
|
4991 |
|
4992 if (*c == '\0') { |
|
4993 result.append(QLatin1Char('%')); // a % at the end of the string - treat as non-escape text |
|
4994 break; |
|
4995 } |
|
4996 if (*c == '%') { |
|
4997 result.append(QLatin1Char('%')); // %% |
|
4998 ++c; |
|
4999 continue; |
|
5000 } |
|
5001 |
|
5002 // Parse flag characters |
|
5003 uint flags = 0; |
|
5004 bool no_more_flags = false; |
|
5005 do { |
|
5006 switch (*c) { |
|
5007 case '#': flags |= QLocalePrivate::Alternate; break; |
|
5008 case '0': flags |= QLocalePrivate::ZeroPadded; break; |
|
5009 case '-': flags |= QLocalePrivate::LeftAdjusted; break; |
|
5010 case ' ': flags |= QLocalePrivate::BlankBeforePositive; break; |
|
5011 case '+': flags |= QLocalePrivate::AlwaysShowSign; break; |
|
5012 case '\'': flags |= QLocalePrivate::ThousandsGroup; break; |
|
5013 default: no_more_flags = true; break; |
|
5014 } |
|
5015 |
|
5016 if (!no_more_flags) |
|
5017 ++c; |
|
5018 } while (!no_more_flags); |
|
5019 |
|
5020 if (*c == '\0') { |
|
5021 result.append(QLatin1String(escape_start)); // incomplete escape, treat as non-escape text |
|
5022 break; |
|
5023 } |
|
5024 |
|
5025 // Parse field width |
|
5026 int width = -1; // -1 means unspecified |
|
5027 if (qIsDigit(*c)) { |
|
5028 QString width_str; |
|
5029 while (*c != '\0' && qIsDigit(*c)) |
|
5030 width_str.append(QLatin1Char(*c++)); |
|
5031 |
|
5032 // can't be negative - started with a digit |
|
5033 // contains at least one digit |
|
5034 width = width_str.toInt(); |
|
5035 } |
|
5036 else if (*c == '*') { |
|
5037 width = va_arg(ap, int); |
|
5038 if (width < 0) |
|
5039 width = -1; // treat all negative numbers as unspecified |
|
5040 ++c; |
|
5041 } |
|
5042 |
|
5043 if (*c == '\0') { |
|
5044 result.append(QLatin1String(escape_start)); // incomplete escape, treat as non-escape text |
|
5045 break; |
|
5046 } |
|
5047 |
|
5048 // Parse precision |
|
5049 int precision = -1; // -1 means unspecified |
|
5050 if (*c == '.') { |
|
5051 ++c; |
|
5052 if (qIsDigit(*c)) { |
|
5053 QString precision_str; |
|
5054 while (*c != '\0' && qIsDigit(*c)) |
|
5055 precision_str.append(QLatin1Char(*c++)); |
|
5056 |
|
5057 // can't be negative - started with a digit |
|
5058 // contains at least one digit |
|
5059 precision = precision_str.toInt(); |
|
5060 } |
|
5061 else if (*c == '*') { |
|
5062 precision = va_arg(ap, int); |
|
5063 if (precision < 0) |
|
5064 precision = -1; // treat all negative numbers as unspecified |
|
5065 ++c; |
|
5066 } |
|
5067 } |
|
5068 |
|
5069 if (*c == '\0') { |
|
5070 result.append(QLatin1String(escape_start)); // incomplete escape, treat as non-escape text |
|
5071 break; |
|
5072 } |
|
5073 |
|
5074 // Parse the length modifier |
|
5075 enum LengthMod { lm_none, lm_hh, lm_h, lm_l, lm_ll, lm_L, lm_j, lm_z, lm_t }; |
|
5076 LengthMod length_mod = lm_none; |
|
5077 switch (*c) { |
|
5078 case 'h': |
|
5079 ++c; |
|
5080 if (*c == 'h') { |
|
5081 length_mod = lm_hh; |
|
5082 ++c; |
|
5083 } |
|
5084 else |
|
5085 length_mod = lm_h; |
|
5086 break; |
|
5087 |
|
5088 case 'l': |
|
5089 ++c; |
|
5090 if (*c == 'l') { |
|
5091 length_mod = lm_ll; |
|
5092 ++c; |
|
5093 } |
|
5094 else |
|
5095 length_mod = lm_l; |
|
5096 break; |
|
5097 |
|
5098 case 'L': |
|
5099 ++c; |
|
5100 length_mod = lm_L; |
|
5101 break; |
|
5102 |
|
5103 case 'j': |
|
5104 ++c; |
|
5105 length_mod = lm_j; |
|
5106 break; |
|
5107 |
|
5108 case 'z': |
|
5109 case 'Z': |
|
5110 ++c; |
|
5111 length_mod = lm_z; |
|
5112 break; |
|
5113 |
|
5114 case 't': |
|
5115 ++c; |
|
5116 length_mod = lm_t; |
|
5117 break; |
|
5118 |
|
5119 default: break; |
|
5120 } |
|
5121 |
|
5122 if (*c == '\0') { |
|
5123 result.append(QLatin1String(escape_start)); // incomplete escape, treat as non-escape text |
|
5124 break; |
|
5125 } |
|
5126 |
|
5127 // Parse the conversion specifier and do the conversion |
|
5128 QString subst; |
|
5129 switch (*c) { |
|
5130 case 'd': |
|
5131 case 'i': { |
|
5132 qint64 i; |
|
5133 switch (length_mod) { |
|
5134 case lm_none: i = va_arg(ap, int); break; |
|
5135 case lm_hh: i = va_arg(ap, int); break; |
|
5136 case lm_h: i = va_arg(ap, int); break; |
|
5137 case lm_l: i = va_arg(ap, long int); break; |
|
5138 case lm_ll: i = va_arg(ap, qint64); break; |
|
5139 case lm_j: i = va_arg(ap, long int); break; |
|
5140 case lm_z: i = va_arg(ap, size_t); break; |
|
5141 case lm_t: i = va_arg(ap, int); break; |
|
5142 default: i = 0; break; |
|
5143 } |
|
5144 subst = locale.d()->longLongToString(i, precision, 10, width, flags); |
|
5145 ++c; |
|
5146 break; |
|
5147 } |
|
5148 case 'o': |
|
5149 case 'u': |
|
5150 case 'x': |
|
5151 case 'X': { |
|
5152 quint64 u; |
|
5153 switch (length_mod) { |
|
5154 case lm_none: u = va_arg(ap, uint); break; |
|
5155 case lm_hh: u = va_arg(ap, uint); break; |
|
5156 case lm_h: u = va_arg(ap, uint); break; |
|
5157 case lm_l: u = va_arg(ap, ulong); break; |
|
5158 case lm_ll: u = va_arg(ap, quint64); break; |
|
5159 case lm_z: u = va_arg(ap, size_t); break; |
|
5160 default: u = 0; break; |
|
5161 } |
|
5162 |
|
5163 if (qIsUpper(*c)) |
|
5164 flags |= QLocalePrivate::CapitalEorX; |
|
5165 |
|
5166 int base = 10; |
|
5167 switch (qToLower(*c)) { |
|
5168 case 'o': |
|
5169 base = 8; break; |
|
5170 case 'u': |
|
5171 base = 10; break; |
|
5172 case 'x': |
|
5173 base = 16; break; |
|
5174 default: break; |
|
5175 } |
|
5176 subst = locale.d()->unsLongLongToString(u, precision, base, width, flags); |
|
5177 ++c; |
|
5178 break; |
|
5179 } |
|
5180 case 'E': |
|
5181 case 'e': |
|
5182 case 'F': |
|
5183 case 'f': |
|
5184 case 'G': |
|
5185 case 'g': |
|
5186 case 'A': |
|
5187 case 'a': { |
|
5188 double d; |
|
5189 if (length_mod == lm_L) |
|
5190 d = va_arg(ap, long double); // not supported - converted to a double |
|
5191 else |
|
5192 d = va_arg(ap, double); |
|
5193 |
|
5194 if (qIsUpper(*c)) |
|
5195 flags |= QLocalePrivate::CapitalEorX; |
|
5196 |
|
5197 QLocalePrivate::DoubleForm form = QLocalePrivate::DFDecimal; |
|
5198 switch (qToLower(*c)) { |
|
5199 case 'e': form = QLocalePrivate::DFExponent; break; |
|
5200 case 'a': // not supported - decimal form used instead |
|
5201 case 'f': form = QLocalePrivate::DFDecimal; break; |
|
5202 case 'g': form = QLocalePrivate::DFSignificantDigits; break; |
|
5203 default: break; |
|
5204 } |
|
5205 subst = locale.d()->doubleToString(d, precision, form, width, flags); |
|
5206 ++c; |
|
5207 break; |
|
5208 } |
|
5209 case 'c': { |
|
5210 if (length_mod == lm_l) |
|
5211 subst = QChar((ushort) va_arg(ap, int)); |
|
5212 else |
|
5213 subst = QLatin1Char((uchar) va_arg(ap, int)); |
|
5214 ++c; |
|
5215 break; |
|
5216 } |
|
5217 case 's': { |
|
5218 if (length_mod == lm_l) { |
|
5219 const ushort *buff = va_arg(ap, const ushort*); |
|
5220 const ushort *ch = buff; |
|
5221 while (*ch != 0) |
|
5222 ++ch; |
|
5223 subst.setUtf16(buff, ch - buff); |
|
5224 } else |
|
5225 subst = QString::fromUtf8(va_arg(ap, const char*)); |
|
5226 if (precision != -1) |
|
5227 subst.truncate(precision); |
|
5228 ++c; |
|
5229 break; |
|
5230 } |
|
5231 case 'p': { |
|
5232 void *arg = va_arg(ap, void*); |
|
5233 #ifdef Q_OS_WIN64 |
|
5234 quint64 i = reinterpret_cast<quint64>(arg); |
|
5235 #else |
|
5236 quint64 i = reinterpret_cast<unsigned long>(arg); |
|
5237 #endif |
|
5238 flags |= QLocalePrivate::Alternate; |
|
5239 subst = locale.d()->unsLongLongToString(i, precision, 16, width, flags); |
|
5240 ++c; |
|
5241 break; |
|
5242 } |
|
5243 case 'n': |
|
5244 switch (length_mod) { |
|
5245 case lm_hh: { |
|
5246 signed char *n = va_arg(ap, signed char*); |
|
5247 *n = result.length(); |
|
5248 break; |
|
5249 } |
|
5250 case lm_h: { |
|
5251 short int *n = va_arg(ap, short int*); |
|
5252 *n = result.length(); |
|
5253 break; |
|
5254 } |
|
5255 case lm_l: { |
|
5256 long int *n = va_arg(ap, long int*); |
|
5257 *n = result.length(); |
|
5258 break; |
|
5259 } |
|
5260 case lm_ll: { |
|
5261 qint64 *n = va_arg(ap, qint64*); |
|
5262 volatile uint tmp = result.length(); // egcs-2.91.66 gets internal |
|
5263 *n = tmp; // compiler error without volatile |
|
5264 break; |
|
5265 } |
|
5266 default: { |
|
5267 int *n = va_arg(ap, int*); |
|
5268 *n = result.length(); |
|
5269 break; |
|
5270 } |
|
5271 } |
|
5272 ++c; |
|
5273 break; |
|
5274 |
|
5275 default: // bad escape, treat as non-escape text |
|
5276 for (const char *cc = escape_start; cc != c; ++cc) |
|
5277 result.append(QLatin1Char(*cc)); |
|
5278 continue; |
|
5279 } |
|
5280 |
|
5281 if (flags & QLocalePrivate::LeftAdjusted) |
|
5282 result.append(subst.leftJustified(width)); |
|
5283 else |
|
5284 result.append(subst.rightJustified(width)); |
|
5285 } |
|
5286 |
|
5287 *this = result; |
|
5288 |
|
5289 return *this; |
|
5290 } |
|
5291 |
|
5292 /*! |
|
5293 Returns the string converted to a \c{long long} using base \a |
|
5294 base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36, or 0. |
|
5295 Returns 0 if the conversion fails. |
|
5296 |
|
5297 If a conversion error occurs, *\a{ok} is set to false; otherwise |
|
5298 *\a{ok} is set to true. |
|
5299 |
|
5300 If \a base is 0, the C language convention is used: If the string |
|
5301 begins with "0x", base 16 is used; if the string begins with "0", |
|
5302 base 8 is used; otherwise, base 10 is used. |
|
5303 |
|
5304 Example: |
|
5305 |
|
5306 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 74 |
|
5307 |
|
5308 \sa number(), toULongLong(), toInt() |
|
5309 */ |
|
5310 |
|
5311 qint64 QString::toLongLong(bool *ok, int base) const |
|
5312 { |
|
5313 #if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE) |
|
5314 if (base != 0 && (base < 2 || base > 36)) { |
|
5315 qWarning("QString::toLongLong: Invalid base (%d)", base); |
|
5316 base = 10; |
|
5317 } |
|
5318 #endif |
|
5319 |
|
5320 bool my_ok; |
|
5321 QLocale def_locale; |
|
5322 qint64 result = def_locale.d()->stringToLongLong(*this, base, &my_ok, QLocalePrivate::FailOnGroupSeparators); |
|
5323 if (my_ok) { |
|
5324 if (ok != 0) |
|
5325 *ok = true; |
|
5326 return result; |
|
5327 } |
|
5328 |
|
5329 QLocale c_locale(QLocale::C); |
|
5330 return c_locale.d()->stringToLongLong(*this, base, ok, QLocalePrivate::FailOnGroupSeparators); |
|
5331 } |
|
5332 |
|
5333 /*! |
|
5334 Returns the string converted to an \c{unsigned long long} using base \a |
|
5335 base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36, or 0. |
|
5336 Returns 0 if the conversion fails. |
|
5337 |
|
5338 If a conversion error occurs, *\a{ok} is set to false; otherwise |
|
5339 *\a{ok} is set to true. |
|
5340 |
|
5341 If \a base is 0, the C language convention is used: If the string |
|
5342 begins with "0x", base 16 is used; if the string begins with "0", |
|
5343 base 8 is used; otherwise, base 10 is used. |
|
5344 |
|
5345 Example: |
|
5346 |
|
5347 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 79 |
|
5348 |
|
5349 \sa number(), toLongLong() |
|
5350 */ |
|
5351 |
|
5352 quint64 QString::toULongLong(bool *ok, int base) const |
|
5353 { |
|
5354 #if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE) |
|
5355 if (base != 0 && (base < 2 || base > 36)) { |
|
5356 qWarning("QString::toULongLong: Invalid base (%d)", base); |
|
5357 base = 10; |
|
5358 } |
|
5359 #endif |
|
5360 |
|
5361 bool my_ok; |
|
5362 QLocale def_locale; |
|
5363 quint64 result = def_locale.d()->stringToUnsLongLong(*this, base, &my_ok, QLocalePrivate::FailOnGroupSeparators); |
|
5364 if (my_ok) { |
|
5365 if (ok != 0) |
|
5366 *ok = true; |
|
5367 return result; |
|
5368 } |
|
5369 |
|
5370 QLocale c_locale(QLocale::C); |
|
5371 return c_locale.d()->stringToUnsLongLong(*this, base, ok, QLocalePrivate::FailOnGroupSeparators); |
|
5372 } |
|
5373 |
|
5374 /*! |
|
5375 \fn long QString::toLong(bool *ok, int base) const |
|
5376 |
|
5377 Returns the string converted to a \c long using base \a |
|
5378 base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36, or 0. |
|
5379 Returns 0 if the conversion fails. |
|
5380 |
|
5381 If a conversion error occurs, *\a{ok} is set to false; otherwise |
|
5382 *\a{ok} is set to true. |
|
5383 |
|
5384 If \a base is 0, the C language convention is used: If the string |
|
5385 begins with "0x", base 16 is used; if the string begins with "0", |
|
5386 base 8 is used; otherwise, base 10 is used. |
|
5387 |
|
5388 Example: |
|
5389 |
|
5390 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 73 |
|
5391 |
|
5392 \sa number(), toULong(), toInt() |
|
5393 */ |
|
5394 |
|
5395 long QString::toLong(bool *ok, int base) const |
|
5396 { |
|
5397 qint64 v = toLongLong(ok, base); |
|
5398 if (v < LONG_MIN || v > LONG_MAX) { |
|
5399 if (ok) |
|
5400 *ok = false; |
|
5401 v = 0; |
|
5402 } |
|
5403 return (long)v; |
|
5404 } |
|
5405 |
|
5406 /*! |
|
5407 \fn ulong QString::toULong(bool *ok, int base) const |
|
5408 |
|
5409 Returns the string converted to an \c{unsigned long} using base \a |
|
5410 base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36, or 0. |
|
5411 Returns 0 if the conversion fails. |
|
5412 |
|
5413 If a conversion error occurs, *\a{ok} is set to false; otherwise |
|
5414 *\a{ok} is set to true. |
|
5415 |
|
5416 If \a base is 0, the C language convention is used: If the string |
|
5417 begins with "0x", base 16 is used; if the string begins with "0", |
|
5418 base 8 is used; otherwise, base 10 is used. |
|
5419 |
|
5420 Example: |
|
5421 |
|
5422 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 78 |
|
5423 |
|
5424 \sa number() |
|
5425 */ |
|
5426 |
|
5427 ulong QString::toULong(bool *ok, int base) const |
|
5428 { |
|
5429 quint64 v = toULongLong(ok, base); |
|
5430 if (v > ULONG_MAX) { |
|
5431 if (ok) |
|
5432 *ok = false; |
|
5433 v = 0; |
|
5434 } |
|
5435 return (ulong)v; |
|
5436 } |
|
5437 |
|
5438 |
|
5439 /*! |
|
5440 Returns the string converted to an \c int using base \a |
|
5441 base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36, or 0. |
|
5442 Returns 0 if the conversion fails. |
|
5443 |
|
5444 If a conversion error occurs, *\a{ok} is set to false; otherwise |
|
5445 *\a{ok} is set to true. |
|
5446 |
|
5447 If \a base is 0, the C language convention is used: If the string |
|
5448 begins with "0x", base 16 is used; if the string begins with "0", |
|
5449 base 8 is used; otherwise, base 10 is used. |
|
5450 |
|
5451 Example: |
|
5452 |
|
5453 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 72 |
|
5454 |
|
5455 \sa number(), toUInt(), toDouble() |
|
5456 */ |
|
5457 |
|
5458 int QString::toInt(bool *ok, int base) const |
|
5459 { |
|
5460 qint64 v = toLongLong(ok, base); |
|
5461 if (v < INT_MIN || v > INT_MAX) { |
|
5462 if (ok) |
|
5463 *ok = false; |
|
5464 v = 0; |
|
5465 } |
|
5466 return v; |
|
5467 } |
|
5468 |
|
5469 /*! |
|
5470 Returns the string converted to an \c{unsigned int} using base \a |
|
5471 base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36, or 0. |
|
5472 Returns 0 if the conversion fails. |
|
5473 |
|
5474 If a conversion error occurs, *\a{ok} is set to false; otherwise |
|
5475 *\a{ok} is set to true. |
|
5476 |
|
5477 If \a base is 0, the C language convention is used: If the string |
|
5478 begins with "0x", base 16 is used; if the string begins with "0", |
|
5479 base 8 is used; otherwise, base 10 is used. |
|
5480 |
|
5481 Example: |
|
5482 |
|
5483 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 77 |
|
5484 |
|
5485 \sa number(), toInt() |
|
5486 */ |
|
5487 |
|
5488 uint QString::toUInt(bool *ok, int base) const |
|
5489 { |
|
5490 quint64 v = toULongLong(ok, base); |
|
5491 if (v > UINT_MAX) { |
|
5492 if (ok) |
|
5493 *ok = false; |
|
5494 v = 0; |
|
5495 } |
|
5496 return (uint)v; |
|
5497 } |
|
5498 |
|
5499 /*! |
|
5500 Returns the string converted to a \c short using base \a |
|
5501 base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36, or 0. |
|
5502 Returns 0 if the conversion fails. |
|
5503 |
|
5504 If a conversion error occurs, *\a{ok} is set to false; otherwise |
|
5505 *\a{ok} is set to true. |
|
5506 |
|
5507 If \a base is 0, the C language convention is used: If the string |
|
5508 begins with "0x", base 16 is used; if the string begins with "0", |
|
5509 base 8 is used; otherwise, base 10 is used. |
|
5510 |
|
5511 Example: |
|
5512 |
|
5513 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 76 |
|
5514 |
|
5515 \sa number(), toUShort(), toInt() |
|
5516 */ |
|
5517 |
|
5518 short QString::toShort(bool *ok, int base) const |
|
5519 { |
|
5520 long v = toLongLong(ok, base); |
|
5521 if (v < SHRT_MIN || v > SHRT_MAX) { |
|
5522 if (ok) |
|
5523 *ok = false; |
|
5524 v = 0; |
|
5525 } |
|
5526 return (short)v; |
|
5527 } |
|
5528 |
|
5529 /*! |
|
5530 Returns the string converted to an \c{unsigned short} using base \a |
|
5531 base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36, or 0. |
|
5532 Returns 0 if the conversion fails. |
|
5533 |
|
5534 If a conversion error occurs, *\a{ok} is set to false; otherwise |
|
5535 *\a{ok} is set to true. |
|
5536 |
|
5537 If \a base is 0, the C language convention is used: If the string |
|
5538 begins with "0x", base 16 is used; if the string begins with "0", |
|
5539 base 8 is used; otherwise, base 10 is used. |
|
5540 |
|
5541 Example: |
|
5542 |
|
5543 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 80 |
|
5544 |
|
5545 \sa number(), toShort() |
|
5546 */ |
|
5547 |
|
5548 ushort QString::toUShort(bool *ok, int base) const |
|
5549 { |
|
5550 ulong v = toULongLong(ok, base); |
|
5551 if (v > USHRT_MAX) { |
|
5552 if (ok) |
|
5553 *ok = false; |
|
5554 v = 0; |
|
5555 } |
|
5556 return (ushort)v; |
|
5557 } |
|
5558 |
|
5559 |
|
5560 /*! |
|
5561 Returns the string converted to a \c double value. |
|
5562 |
|
5563 Returns 0.0 if the conversion fails. |
|
5564 |
|
5565 If a conversion error occurs, \c{*}\a{ok} is set to false; |
|
5566 otherwise \c{*}\a{ok} is set to true. |
|
5567 |
|
5568 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 66 |
|
5569 |
|
5570 Various string formats for floating point numbers can be converted |
|
5571 to double values: |
|
5572 |
|
5573 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 67 |
|
5574 |
|
5575 This function tries to interpret the string according to the |
|
5576 current locale. The current locale is determined from the |
|
5577 system at application startup and can be changed by calling |
|
5578 QLocale::setDefault(). If the string cannot be interpreted |
|
5579 according to the current locale, this function falls back |
|
5580 on the "C" locale. |
|
5581 |
|
5582 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 69 |
|
5583 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 70 |
|
5584 |
|
5585 Due to the ambiguity between the decimal point and thousands group |
|
5586 separator in various locales, this function does not handle |
|
5587 thousands group separators. If you need to convert such numbers, |
|
5588 see QLocale::toDouble(). |
|
5589 |
|
5590 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 68 |
|
5591 |
|
5592 \sa number() QLocale::setDefault() QLocale::toDouble() trimmed() |
|
5593 */ |
|
5594 |
|
5595 double QString::toDouble(bool *ok) const |
|
5596 { |
|
5597 bool my_ok; |
|
5598 QLocale def_locale; |
|
5599 double result = def_locale.d()->stringToDouble(*this, &my_ok, QLocalePrivate::FailOnGroupSeparators); |
|
5600 if (my_ok) { |
|
5601 if (ok != 0) |
|
5602 *ok = true; |
|
5603 return result; |
|
5604 } |
|
5605 |
|
5606 QLocale c_locale(QLocale::C); |
|
5607 return c_locale.d()->stringToDouble(*this, ok, QLocalePrivate::FailOnGroupSeparators); |
|
5608 } |
|
5609 |
|
5610 /*! |
|
5611 Returns the string converted to a \c float value. |
|
5612 |
|
5613 If a conversion error occurs, *\a{ok} is set to false; otherwise |
|
5614 *\a{ok} is set to true. Returns 0.0 if the conversion fails. |
|
5615 |
|
5616 Example: |
|
5617 |
|
5618 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 71 |
|
5619 |
|
5620 \sa number(), toDouble(), toInt() |
|
5621 */ |
|
5622 |
|
5623 #define QT_MAX_FLOAT 3.4028234663852886e+38 |
|
5624 |
|
5625 float QString::toFloat(bool *ok) const |
|
5626 { |
|
5627 bool myOk; |
|
5628 double d = toDouble(&myOk); |
|
5629 if (!myOk || d > QT_MAX_FLOAT || d < -QT_MAX_FLOAT) { |
|
5630 if (ok != 0) |
|
5631 *ok = false; |
|
5632 return 0.0; |
|
5633 } |
|
5634 if (ok != 0) |
|
5635 *ok = true; |
|
5636 return (float) d; |
|
5637 } |
|
5638 |
|
5639 /*! \fn QString &QString::setNum(int n, int base) |
|
5640 |
|
5641 Sets the string to the printed value of \a n in the specified \a |
|
5642 base, and returns a reference to the string. |
|
5643 |
|
5644 The base is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36. For bases |
|
5645 other than 10, \a n is treated as an unsigned integer. |
|
5646 |
|
5647 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 56 |
|
5648 |
|
5649 The formatting always uses QLocale::C, i.e., English/UnitedStates. |
|
5650 To get a localized string representation of a number, use |
|
5651 QLocale::toString() with the appropriate locale. |
|
5652 */ |
|
5653 |
|
5654 /*! \fn QString &QString::setNum(uint n, int base) |
|
5655 |
|
5656 \overload |
|
5657 */ |
|
5658 |
|
5659 /*! \fn QString &QString::setNum(long n, int base) |
|
5660 |
|
5661 \overload |
|
5662 */ |
|
5663 |
|
5664 /*! \fn QString &QString::setNum(ulong n, int base) |
|
5665 |
|
5666 \overload |
|
5667 */ |
|
5668 |
|
5669 /*! |
|
5670 \overload |
|
5671 */ |
|
5672 QString &QString::setNum(qlonglong n, int base) |
|
5673 { |
|
5674 #if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE) |
|
5675 if (base < 2 || base > 36) { |
|
5676 qWarning("QString::setNum: Invalid base (%d)", base); |
|
5677 base = 10; |
|
5678 } |
|
5679 #endif |
|
5680 QLocale locale(QLocale::C); |
|
5681 *this = locale.d()->longLongToString(n, -1, base); |
|
5682 return *this; |
|
5683 } |
|
5684 |
|
5685 /*! |
|
5686 \overload |
|
5687 */ |
|
5688 QString &QString::setNum(qulonglong n, int base) |
|
5689 { |
|
5690 #if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE) |
|
5691 if (base < 2 || base > 36) { |
|
5692 qWarning("QString::setNum: Invalid base (%d)", base); |
|
5693 base = 10; |
|
5694 } |
|
5695 #endif |
|
5696 QLocale locale(QLocale::C); |
|
5697 *this = locale.d()->unsLongLongToString(n, -1, base); |
|
5698 return *this; |
|
5699 } |
|
5700 |
|
5701 /*! \fn QString &QString::setNum(short n, int base) |
|
5702 |
|
5703 \overload |
|
5704 */ |
|
5705 |
|
5706 /*! \fn QString &QString::setNum(ushort n, int base) |
|
5707 |
|
5708 \overload |
|
5709 */ |
|
5710 |
|
5711 /*! |
|
5712 \fn QString &QString::setNum(double n, char format, int precision) |
|
5713 \overload |
|
5714 |
|
5715 Sets the string to the printed value of \a n, formatted according |
|
5716 to the given \a format and \a precision, and returns a reference |
|
5717 to the string. |
|
5718 |
|
5719 The \a format can be 'f', 'F', 'e', 'E', 'g' or 'G' (see the |
|
5720 arg() function documentation for an explanation of the formats). |
|
5721 |
|
5722 Unlike QLocale::toString(), this function doesn't honor the |
|
5723 user's locale settings. |
|
5724 */ |
|
5725 |
|
5726 QString &QString::setNum(double n, char f, int prec) |
|
5727 { |
|
5728 QLocalePrivate::DoubleForm form = QLocalePrivate::DFDecimal; |
|
5729 uint flags = 0; |
|
5730 |
|
5731 if (qIsUpper(f)) |
|
5732 flags = QLocalePrivate::CapitalEorX; |
|
5733 f = qToLower(f); |
|
5734 |
|
5735 switch (f) { |
|
5736 case 'f': |
|
5737 form = QLocalePrivate::DFDecimal; |
|
5738 break; |
|
5739 case 'e': |
|
5740 form = QLocalePrivate::DFExponent; |
|
5741 break; |
|
5742 case 'g': |
|
5743 form = QLocalePrivate::DFSignificantDigits; |
|
5744 break; |
|
5745 default: |
|
5746 #if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE) |
|
5747 qWarning("QString::setNum: Invalid format char '%c'", f); |
|
5748 #endif |
|
5749 break; |
|
5750 } |
|
5751 |
|
5752 QLocale locale(QLocale::C); |
|
5753 *this = locale.d()->doubleToString(n, prec, form, -1, flags); |
|
5754 return *this; |
|
5755 } |
|
5756 |
|
5757 /*! |
|
5758 \fn QString &QString::setNum(float n, char format, int precision) |
|
5759 \overload |
|
5760 |
|
5761 Sets the string to the printed value of \a n, formatted according |
|
5762 to the given \a format and \a precision, and returns a reference |
|
5763 to the string. |
|
5764 */ |
|
5765 |
|
5766 |
|
5767 /*! |
|
5768 \fn QString QString::number(long n, int base) |
|
5769 |
|
5770 Returns a string equivalent of the number \a n according to the |
|
5771 specified \a base. |
|
5772 |
|
5773 The base is 10 by default and must be between 2 |
|
5774 and 36. For bases other than 10, \a n is treated as an |
|
5775 unsigned integer. |
|
5776 |
|
5777 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 35 |
|
5778 |
|
5779 \sa setNum() |
|
5780 */ |
|
5781 |
|
5782 QString QString::number(long n, int base) |
|
5783 { |
|
5784 QString s; |
|
5785 s.setNum(n, base); |
|
5786 return s; |
|
5787 } |
|
5788 |
|
5789 /*! |
|
5790 \fn QString QString::number(ulong n, int base) |
|
5791 |
|
5792 \overload |
|
5793 */ |
|
5794 QString QString::number(ulong n, int base) |
|
5795 { |
|
5796 QString s; |
|
5797 s.setNum(n, base); |
|
5798 return s; |
|
5799 } |
|
5800 |
|
5801 /*! |
|
5802 \overload |
|
5803 */ |
|
5804 QString QString::number(int n, int base) |
|
5805 { |
|
5806 QString s; |
|
5807 s.setNum(n, base); |
|
5808 return s; |
|
5809 } |
|
5810 |
|
5811 /*! |
|
5812 \overload |
|
5813 */ |
|
5814 QString QString::number(uint n, int base) |
|
5815 { |
|
5816 QString s; |
|
5817 s.setNum(n, base); |
|
5818 return s; |
|
5819 } |
|
5820 |
|
5821 /*! |
|
5822 \overload |
|
5823 */ |
|
5824 QString QString::number(qlonglong n, int base) |
|
5825 { |
|
5826 QString s; |
|
5827 s.setNum(n, base); |
|
5828 return s; |
|
5829 } |
|
5830 |
|
5831 /*! |
|
5832 \overload |
|
5833 */ |
|
5834 QString QString::number(qulonglong n, int base) |
|
5835 { |
|
5836 QString s; |
|
5837 s.setNum(n, base); |
|
5838 return s; |
|
5839 } |
|
5840 |
|
5841 |
|
5842 /*! |
|
5843 \fn QString QString::number(double n, char format, int precision) |
|
5844 |
|
5845 Returns a string equivalent of the number \a n, formatted |
|
5846 according to the specified \a format and \a precision. See |
|
5847 \l{Argument Formats} for details. |
|
5848 |
|
5849 Unlike QLocale::toString(), this function does not honor the |
|
5850 user's locale settings. |
|
5851 |
|
5852 \sa setNum(), QLocale::toString() |
|
5853 */ |
|
5854 QString QString::number(double n, char f, int prec) |
|
5855 { |
|
5856 QString s; |
|
5857 s.setNum(n, f, prec); |
|
5858 return s; |
|
5859 } |
|
5860 |
|
5861 /*! |
|
5862 Splits the string into substrings wherever \a sep occurs, and |
|
5863 returns the list of those strings. If \a sep does not match |
|
5864 anywhere in the string, split() returns a single-element list |
|
5865 containing this string. |
|
5866 |
|
5867 \a cs specifies whether \a sep should be matched case |
|
5868 sensitively or case insensitively. |
|
5869 |
|
5870 If \a behavior is QString::SkipEmptyParts, empty entries don't |
|
5871 appear in the result. By default, empty entries are kept. |
|
5872 |
|
5873 Example: |
|
5874 |
|
5875 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 62 |
|
5876 |
|
5877 \sa QStringList::join(), section() |
|
5878 */ |
|
5879 QStringList QString::split(const QString &sep, SplitBehavior behavior, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) const |
|
5880 { |
|
5881 QStringList list; |
|
5882 int start = 0; |
|
5883 int extra = 0; |
|
5884 int end; |
|
5885 while ((end = indexOf(sep, start + extra, cs)) != -1) { |
|
5886 if (start != end || behavior == KeepEmptyParts) |
|
5887 list.append(mid(start, end - start)); |
|
5888 start = end + sep.size(); |
|
5889 extra = (sep.size() == 0 ? 1 : 0); |
|
5890 } |
|
5891 if (start != size() || behavior == KeepEmptyParts) |
|
5892 list.append(mid(start)); |
|
5893 return list; |
|
5894 } |
|
5895 |
|
5896 /*! |
|
5897 \overload |
|
5898 */ |
|
5899 QStringList QString::split(const QChar &sep, SplitBehavior behavior, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) const |
|
5900 { |
|
5901 QStringList list; |
|
5902 int start = 0; |
|
5903 int end; |
|
5904 while ((end = indexOf(sep, start, cs)) != -1) { |
|
5905 if (start != end || behavior == KeepEmptyParts) |
|
5906 list.append(mid(start, end - start)); |
|
5907 start = end + 1; |
|
5908 } |
|
5909 if (start != size() || behavior == KeepEmptyParts) |
|
5910 list.append(mid(start)); |
|
5911 return list; |
|
5912 } |
|
5913 |
|
5914 #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP |
|
5915 /*! |
|
5916 \overload |
|
5917 |
|
5918 Splits the string into substrings wherever the regular expression |
|
5919 \a rx matches, and returns the list of those strings. If \a rx |
|
5920 does not match anywhere in the string, split() returns a |
|
5921 single-element list containing this string. |
|
5922 |
|
5923 Here's an example where we extract the words in a sentence |
|
5924 using one or more whitespace characters as the separator: |
|
5925 |
|
5926 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 59 |
|
5927 |
|
5928 Here's a similar example, but this time we use any sequence of |
|
5929 non-word characters as the separator: |
|
5930 |
|
5931 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 60 |
|
5932 |
|
5933 Here's a third example where we use a zero-length assertion, |
|
5934 \bold{\\b} (word boundary), to split the string into an |
|
5935 alternating sequence of non-word and word tokens: |
|
5936 |
|
5937 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 61 |
|
5938 |
|
5939 \sa QStringList::join(), section() |
|
5940 */ |
|
5941 QStringList QString::split(const QRegExp &rx, SplitBehavior behavior) const |
|
5942 { |
|
5943 QRegExp rx2(rx); |
|
5944 QStringList list; |
|
5945 int start = 0; |
|
5946 int extra = 0; |
|
5947 int end; |
|
5948 while ((end = rx2.indexIn(*this, start + extra)) != -1) { |
|
5949 int matchedLen = rx2.matchedLength(); |
|
5950 if (start != end || behavior == KeepEmptyParts) |
|
5951 list.append(mid(start, end - start)); |
|
5952 start = end + matchedLen; |
|
5953 extra = (matchedLen == 0) ? 1 : 0; |
|
5954 } |
|
5955 if (start != size() || behavior == KeepEmptyParts) |
|
5956 list.append(mid(start)); |
|
5957 return list; |
|
5958 } |
|
5959 #endif |
|
5960 |
|
5961 /*! |
|
5962 \enum QString::NormalizationForm |
|
5963 |
|
5964 This enum describes the various normalized forms of Unicode text. |
|
5965 |
|
5966 \value NormalizationForm_D Canonical Decomposition |
|
5967 \value NormalizationForm_C Canonical Decomposition followed by Canonical Composition |
|
5968 \value NormalizationForm_KD Compatibility Decomposition |
|
5969 \value NormalizationForm_KC Compatibility Decomposition followed by Canonical Composition |
|
5970 |
|
5971 \sa normalized(), |
|
5972 {http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr15/}{Unicode Standard Annex #15} |
|
5973 */ |
|
5974 |
|
5975 /*! |
|
5976 \fn QString QString::normalized(NormalizationForm mode) const |
|
5977 Returns the string in the given Unicode normalization \a mode. |
|
5978 */ |
|
5979 QString QString::normalized(QString::NormalizationForm mode) const |
|
5980 { |
|
5981 return normalized(mode, CURRENT_VERSION); |
|
5982 } |
|
5983 |
|
5984 /*! |
|
5985 \since 4.5 |
|
5986 |
|
5987 Returns a copy of this string repeated the specified number of \a times. |
|
5988 |
|
5989 If \a times is less than 1, an empty string is returned. |
|
5990 |
|
5991 Example: |
|
5992 |
|
5993 \code |
|
5994 QString str("ab"); |
|
5995 str.repeated(4); // returns "abababab" |
|
5996 \endcode |
|
5997 */ |
|
5998 QString QString::repeated(int times) const |
|
5999 { |
|
6000 if (d->size == 0) |
|
6001 return *this; |
|
6002 |
|
6003 if (times <= 1) { |
|
6004 if (times == 1) |
|
6005 return *this; |
|
6006 return QString(); |
|
6007 } |
|
6008 |
|
6009 const int resultSize = times * d->size; |
|
6010 |
|
6011 QString result; |
|
6012 result.reserve(resultSize); |
|
6013 if (result.d->alloc != resultSize) |
|
6014 return QString(); // not enough memory |
|
6015 |
|
6016 qMemCopy(result.d->data, d->data, d->size * sizeof(ushort)); |
|
6017 |
|
6018 int sizeSoFar = d->size; |
|
6019 ushort *end = result.d->data + sizeSoFar; |
|
6020 |
|
6021 const int halfResultSize = resultSize >> 1; |
|
6022 while (sizeSoFar <= halfResultSize) { |
|
6023 qMemCopy(end, result.d->data, sizeSoFar * sizeof(ushort)); |
|
6024 end += sizeSoFar; |
|
6025 sizeSoFar <<= 1; |
|
6026 } |
|
6027 qMemCopy(end, result.d->data, (resultSize - sizeSoFar) * sizeof(ushort)); |
|
6028 result.d->data[resultSize] = '\0'; |
|
6029 result.d->size = resultSize; |
|
6030 return result; |
|
6031 } |
|
6032 |
|
6033 void qt_string_normalize(QString *data, QString::NormalizationForm mode, QChar::UnicodeVersion version, int from); |
|
6034 /*! |
|
6035 \overload |
|
6036 \fn QString QString::normalized(NormalizationForm mode, QChar::UnicodeVersion version) const |
|
6037 |
|
6038 Returns the string in the given Unicode normalization \a mode, |
|
6039 according to the given \a version of the Unicode standard. |
|
6040 */ |
|
6041 QString QString::normalized(QString::NormalizationForm mode, QChar::UnicodeVersion version) const |
|
6042 { |
|
6043 QString copy = *this; |
|
6044 qt_string_normalize(©, mode, version, 0); |
|
6045 return copy; |
|
6046 } |
|
6047 |
|
6048 void qt_string_normalize(QString *data, QString::NormalizationForm mode, QChar::UnicodeVersion version, int from) |
|
6049 { |
|
6050 bool simple = true; |
|
6051 const QChar *p = data->constData(); |
|
6052 int len = data->length(); |
|
6053 for (int i = from; i < len; ++i) { |
|
6054 if (p[i].unicode() >= 0x80) { |
|
6055 simple = false; |
|
6056 break; |
|
6057 } |
|
6058 } |
|
6059 if (simple) |
|
6060 return; |
|
6061 |
|
6062 QString &s = *data; |
|
6063 if (version != CURRENT_VERSION) { |
|
6064 for (int i = 0; i < NumNormalizationCorrections; ++i) { |
|
6065 const NormalizationCorrection &n = uc_normalization_corrections[i]; |
|
6066 if (n.version > version) { |
|
6067 int pos = from; |
|
6068 if (n.ucs4 > 0xffff) { |
|
6069 ushort ucs4High = QChar::highSurrogate(n.ucs4); |
|
6070 ushort ucs4Low = QChar::lowSurrogate(n.ucs4); |
|
6071 ushort oldHigh = QChar::highSurrogate(n.old_mapping); |
|
6072 ushort oldLow = QChar::lowSurrogate(n.old_mapping); |
|
6073 while (pos < s.length() - 1) { |
|
6074 if (s.at(pos).unicode() == ucs4High && s.at(pos + 1).unicode() == ucs4Low) { |
|
6075 s[pos] = oldHigh; |
|
6076 s[pos + 1] = oldLow; |
|
6077 ++pos; |
|
6078 } |
|
6079 ++pos; |
|
6080 } |
|
6081 } else { |
|
6082 while (pos < s.length()) { |
|
6083 if (s.at(pos).unicode() == n.ucs4) { |
|
6084 s[pos] = n.old_mapping; |
|
6085 } |
|
6086 ++pos; |
|
6087 } |
|
6088 } |
|
6089 } |
|
6090 } |
|
6091 } |
|
6092 decomposeHelper(data, mode < QString::NormalizationForm_KD, version, from); |
|
6093 |
|
6094 canonicalOrderHelper(data, version, from); |
|
6095 |
|
6096 if (mode == QString::NormalizationForm_D || mode == QString::NormalizationForm_KD) |
|
6097 return; |
|
6098 |
|
6099 composeHelper(data, from); |
|
6100 } |
|
6101 |
|
6102 |
|
6103 struct ArgEscapeData |
|
6104 { |
|
6105 int min_escape; // lowest escape sequence number |
|
6106 int occurrences; // number of occurrences of the lowest escape sequence number |
|
6107 int locale_occurrences; // number of occurrences of the lowest escape sequence number that |
|
6108 // contain 'L' |
|
6109 int escape_len; // total length of escape sequences which will be replaced |
|
6110 }; |
|
6111 |
|
6112 static ArgEscapeData findArgEscapes(const QString &s) |
|
6113 { |
|
6114 const QChar *uc_begin = s.unicode(); |
|
6115 const QChar *uc_end = uc_begin + s.length(); |
|
6116 |
|
6117 ArgEscapeData d; |
|
6118 |
|
6119 d.min_escape = INT_MAX; |
|
6120 d.occurrences = 0; |
|
6121 d.escape_len = 0; |
|
6122 d.locale_occurrences = 0; |
|
6123 |
|
6124 const QChar *c = uc_begin; |
|
6125 while (c != uc_end) { |
|
6126 while (c != uc_end && c->unicode() != '%') |
|
6127 ++c; |
|
6128 |
|
6129 if (c == uc_end) |
|
6130 break; |
|
6131 const QChar *escape_start = c; |
|
6132 if (++c == uc_end) |
|
6133 break; |
|
6134 |
|
6135 bool locale_arg = false; |
|
6136 if (c->unicode() == 'L') { |
|
6137 locale_arg = true; |
|
6138 if (++c == uc_end) |
|
6139 break; |
|
6140 } |
|
6141 |
|
6142 if (c->digitValue() == -1) |
|
6143 continue; |
|
6144 |
|
6145 int escape = c->digitValue(); |
|
6146 ++c; |
|
6147 |
|
6148 if (c != uc_end && c->digitValue() != -1) { |
|
6149 escape = (10 * escape) + c->digitValue(); |
|
6150 ++c; |
|
6151 } |
|
6152 |
|
6153 if (escape > d.min_escape) |
|
6154 continue; |
|
6155 |
|
6156 if (escape < d.min_escape) { |
|
6157 d.min_escape = escape; |
|
6158 d.occurrences = 0; |
|
6159 d.escape_len = 0; |
|
6160 d.locale_occurrences = 0; |
|
6161 } |
|
6162 |
|
6163 ++d.occurrences; |
|
6164 if (locale_arg) |
|
6165 ++d.locale_occurrences; |
|
6166 d.escape_len += c - escape_start; |
|
6167 } |
|
6168 return d; |
|
6169 } |
|
6170 |
|
6171 static QString replaceArgEscapes(const QString &s, const ArgEscapeData &d, int field_width, |
|
6172 const QString &arg, const QString &larg, const QChar &fillChar = QLatin1Char(' ')) |
|
6173 { |
|
6174 const QChar *uc_begin = s.unicode(); |
|
6175 const QChar *uc_end = uc_begin + s.length(); |
|
6176 |
|
6177 int abs_field_width = qAbs(field_width); |
|
6178 int result_len = s.length() |
|
6179 - d.escape_len |
|
6180 + (d.occurrences - d.locale_occurrences) |
|
6181 *qMax(abs_field_width, arg.length()) |
|
6182 + d.locale_occurrences |
|
6183 *qMax(abs_field_width, larg.length()); |
|
6184 |
|
6185 QString result(result_len, Qt::Uninitialized); |
|
6186 QChar *result_buff = (QChar*) result.unicode(); |
|
6187 |
|
6188 QChar *rc = result_buff; |
|
6189 const QChar *c = uc_begin; |
|
6190 int repl_cnt = 0; |
|
6191 while (c != uc_end) { |
|
6192 /* We don't have to check if we run off the end of the string with c, |
|
6193 because as long as d.occurrences > 0 we KNOW there are valid escape |
|
6194 sequences. */ |
|
6195 |
|
6196 const QChar *text_start = c; |
|
6197 |
|
6198 while (c->unicode() != '%') |
|
6199 ++c; |
|
6200 |
|
6201 const QChar *escape_start = c++; |
|
6202 |
|
6203 bool locale_arg = false; |
|
6204 if (c->unicode() == 'L') { |
|
6205 locale_arg = true; |
|
6206 ++c; |
|
6207 } |
|
6208 |
|
6209 int escape = c->digitValue(); |
|
6210 if (escape != -1) { |
|
6211 if (c + 1 != uc_end && (c + 1)->digitValue() != -1) { |
|
6212 escape = (10 * escape) + (c + 1)->digitValue(); |
|
6213 ++c; |
|
6214 } |
|
6215 } |
|
6216 |
|
6217 if (escape != d.min_escape) { |
|
6218 memcpy(rc, text_start, (c - text_start)*sizeof(QChar)); |
|
6219 rc += c - text_start; |
|
6220 } |
|
6221 else { |
|
6222 ++c; |
|
6223 |
|
6224 memcpy(rc, text_start, (escape_start - text_start)*sizeof(QChar)); |
|
6225 rc += escape_start - text_start; |
|
6226 |
|
6227 uint pad_chars; |
|
6228 if (locale_arg) |
|
6229 pad_chars = qMax(abs_field_width, larg.length()) - larg.length(); |
|
6230 else |
|
6231 pad_chars = qMax(abs_field_width, arg.length()) - arg.length(); |
|
6232 |
|
6233 if (field_width > 0) { // left padded |
|
6234 for (uint i = 0; i < pad_chars; ++i) |
|
6235 (rc++)->unicode() = fillChar.unicode(); |
|
6236 } |
|
6237 |
|
6238 if (locale_arg) { |
|
6239 memcpy(rc, larg.unicode(), larg.length()*sizeof(QChar)); |
|
6240 rc += larg.length(); |
|
6241 } |
|
6242 else { |
|
6243 memcpy(rc, arg.unicode(), arg.length()*sizeof(QChar)); |
|
6244 rc += arg.length(); |
|
6245 } |
|
6246 |
|
6247 if (field_width < 0) { // right padded |
|
6248 for (uint i = 0; i < pad_chars; ++i) |
|
6249 (rc++)->unicode() = fillChar.unicode(); |
|
6250 } |
|
6251 |
|
6252 if (++repl_cnt == d.occurrences) { |
|
6253 memcpy(rc, c, (uc_end - c)*sizeof(QChar)); |
|
6254 rc += uc_end - c; |
|
6255 Q_ASSERT(rc - result_buff == result_len); |
|
6256 c = uc_end; |
|
6257 } |
|
6258 } |
|
6259 } |
|
6260 Q_ASSERT(rc == result_buff + result_len); |
|
6261 |
|
6262 return result; |
|
6263 } |
|
6264 |
|
6265 /*! |
|
6266 Returns a copy of this string with the lowest numbered place marker |
|
6267 replaced by string \a a, i.e., \c %1, \c %2, ..., \c %99. |
|
6268 |
|
6269 \a fieldWidth specifies the minimum amount of space that argument \a |
|
6270 a shall occupy. If \a a requires less space than \a fieldWidth, it |
|
6271 is padded to \a fieldWidth with character \a fillChar. A positive |
|
6272 \a fieldWidth produces right-aligned text. A negative \a fieldWidth |
|
6273 produces left-aligned text. |
|
6274 |
|
6275 This example shows how we might create a \c status string for |
|
6276 reporting progress while processing a list of files: |
|
6277 |
|
6278 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 11 |
|
6279 |
|
6280 First, \c arg(i) replaces \c %1. Then \c arg(total) replaces \c |
|
6281 %2. Finally, \c arg(fileName) replaces \c %3. |
|
6282 |
|
6283 One advantage of using arg() over sprintf() is that the order of the |
|
6284 numbered place markers can change, if the application's strings are |
|
6285 translated into other languages, but each arg() will still replace |
|
6286 the lowest numbered unreplaced place marker, no matter where it |
|
6287 appears. Also, if place marker \c %i appears more than once in the |
|
6288 string, the arg() replaces all of them. |
|
6289 |
|
6290 If there is no unreplaced place marker remaining, a warning message |
|
6291 is output and the result is undefined. Place marker numbers must be |
|
6292 in the range 1 to 99. |
|
6293 */ |
|
6294 QString QString::arg(const QString &a, int fieldWidth, const QChar &fillChar) const |
|
6295 { |
|
6296 ArgEscapeData d = findArgEscapes(*this); |
|
6297 |
|
6298 if (d.occurrences == 0) { |
|
6299 qWarning("QString::arg: Argument missing: %s, %s", toLocal8Bit().data(), |
|
6300 a.toLocal8Bit().data()); |
|
6301 return *this; |
|
6302 } |
|
6303 return replaceArgEscapes(*this, d, fieldWidth, a, a, fillChar); |
|
6304 } |
|
6305 |
|
6306 /*! |
|
6307 \fn QString QString::arg(const QString& a1, const QString& a2) const |
|
6308 \overload arg() |
|
6309 |
|
6310 This is the same as \c {str.arg(a1).arg(a2)}, except that the |
|
6311 strings \a a1 and \a a2 are replaced in one pass. This can make a |
|
6312 difference if \a a1 contains e.g. \c{%1}: |
|
6313 |
|
6314 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 13 |
|
6315 */ |
|
6316 |
|
6317 /*! |
|
6318 \fn QString QString::arg(const QString& a1, const QString& a2, const QString& a3) const |
|
6319 \overload arg() |
|
6320 |
|
6321 This is the same as calling \c str.arg(a1).arg(a2).arg(a3), except |
|
6322 that the strings \a a1, \a a2 and \a a3 are replaced in one pass. |
|
6323 */ |
|
6324 |
|
6325 /*! |
|
6326 \fn QString QString::arg(const QString& a1, const QString& a2, const QString& a3, const QString& a4) const |
|
6327 \overload arg() |
|
6328 |
|
6329 This is the same as calling \c |
|
6330 {str.arg(a1).arg(a2).arg(a3).arg(a4)}, except that the strings \a |
|
6331 a1, \a a2, \a a3 and \a a4 are replaced in one pass. |
|
6332 */ |
|
6333 |
|
6334 /*! |
|
6335 \fn QString QString::arg(const QString& a1, const QString& a2, const QString& a3, const QString& a4, const QString& a5) const |
|
6336 \overload arg() |
|
6337 |
|
6338 This is the same as calling \c |
|
6339 {str.arg(a1).arg(a2).arg(a3).arg(a4).arg(a5)}, except that the strings |
|
6340 \a a1, \a a2, \a a3, \a a4, and \a a5 are replaced in one pass. |
|
6341 */ |
|
6342 |
|
6343 /*! |
|
6344 \fn QString QString::arg(const QString& a1, const QString& a2, const QString& a3, const QString& a4, const QString& a5, const QString& a6) const |
|
6345 \overload arg() |
|
6346 |
|
6347 This is the same as calling \c |
|
6348 {str.arg(a1).arg(a2).arg(a3).arg(a4).arg(a5).arg(a6))}, except that |
|
6349 the strings \a a1, \a a2, \a a3, \a a4, \a a5, and \a a6 are |
|
6350 replaced in one pass. |
|
6351 */ |
|
6352 |
|
6353 /*! |
|
6354 \fn QString QString::arg(const QString& a1, const QString& a2, const QString& a3, const QString& a4, const QString& a5, const QString& a6, const QString& a7) const |
|
6355 \overload arg() |
|
6356 |
|
6357 This is the same as calling \c |
|
6358 {str.arg(a1).arg(a2).arg(a3).arg(a4).arg(a5).arg(a6).arg(a7)}, |
|
6359 except that the strings \a a1, \a a2, \a a3, \a a4, \a a5, \a a6, |
|
6360 and \a a7 are replaced in one pass. |
|
6361 */ |
|
6362 |
|
6363 /*! |
|
6364 \fn QString QString::arg(const QString& a1, const QString& a2, const QString& a3, const QString& a4, const QString& a5, const QString& a6, const QString& a7, const QString& a8) const |
|
6365 \overload arg() |
|
6366 |
|
6367 This is the same as calling \c |
|
6368 {str.arg(a1).arg(a2).arg(a3).arg(a4).arg(a5).arg(a6).arg(a7).arg(a8)}, |
|
6369 except that the strings \a a1, \a a2, \a a3, \a a4, \a a5, \a a6, \a |
|
6370 a7, and \a a8 are replaced in one pass. |
|
6371 */ |
|
6372 |
|
6373 /*! |
|
6374 \fn QString QString::arg(const QString& a1, const QString& a2, const QString& a3, const QString& a4, const QString& a5, const QString& a6, const QString& a7, const QString& a8, const QString& a9) const |
|
6375 \overload arg() |
|
6376 |
|
6377 This is the same as calling \c |
|
6378 {str.arg(a1).arg(a2).arg(a3).arg(a4).arg(a5).arg(a6).arg(a7).arg(a8).arg(a9)}, |
|
6379 except that the strings \a a1, \a a2, \a a3, \a a4, \a a5, \a a6, \a |
|
6380 a7, \a a8, and \a a9 are replaced in one pass. |
|
6381 */ |
|
6382 |
|
6383 /*! \fn QString QString::arg(int a, int fieldWidth, int base, const QChar &fillChar) const |
|
6384 \overload arg() |
|
6385 |
|
6386 The \a a argument is expressed in base \a base, which is 10 by |
|
6387 default and must be between 2 and 36. For bases other than 10, \a a |
|
6388 is treated as an unsigned integer. |
|
6389 |
|
6390 \a fieldWidth specifies the minimum amount of space that \a a is |
|
6391 padded to and filled with the character \a fillChar. A positive |
|
6392 value produces right-aligned text; a negative value produces |
|
6393 left-aligned text. |
|
6394 |
|
6395 The '%' can be followed by an 'L', in which case the sequence is |
|
6396 replaced with a localized representation of \a a. The conversion |
|
6397 uses the default locale, set by QLocale::setDefault(). If no default |
|
6398 locale was specified, the "C" locale is used. The 'L' flag is |
|
6399 ignored if \a base is not 10. |
|
6400 |
|
6401 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 12 |
|
6402 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 14 |
|
6403 |
|
6404 If \a fillChar is '0' (the number 0, ASCII 48), the locale's zero is |
|
6405 used. For negative numbers, zero padding might appear before the |
|
6406 minus sign. |
|
6407 */ |
|
6408 |
|
6409 /*! \fn QString QString::arg(uint a, int fieldWidth, int base, const QChar &fillChar) const |
|
6410 \overload arg() |
|
6411 |
|
6412 The \a base argument specifies the base to use when converting the |
|
6413 integer \a a into a string. The base must be between 2 and 36. |
|
6414 |
|
6415 If \a fillChar is '0' (the number 0, ASCII 48), the locale's zero is |
|
6416 used. For negative numbers, zero padding might appear before the |
|
6417 minus sign. |
|
6418 */ |
|
6419 |
|
6420 /*! \fn QString QString::arg(long a, int fieldWidth, int base, const QChar &fillChar) const |
|
6421 \overload arg() |
|
6422 |
|
6423 \a fieldWidth specifies the minimum amount of space that \a a is |
|
6424 padded to and filled with the character \a fillChar. A positive |
|
6425 value produces right-aligned text; a negative value produces |
|
6426 left-aligned text. |
|
6427 |
|
6428 The \a a argument is expressed in the given \a base, which is 10 by |
|
6429 default and must be between 2 and 36. |
|
6430 |
|
6431 The '%' can be followed by an 'L', in which case the sequence is |
|
6432 replaced with a localized representation of \a a. The conversion |
|
6433 uses the default locale. The default locale is determined from the |
|
6434 system's locale settings at application startup. It can be changed |
|
6435 using QLocale::setDefault(). The 'L' flag is ignored if \a base is |
|
6436 not 10. |
|
6437 |
|
6438 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 12 |
|
6439 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 14 |
|
6440 |
|
6441 If \a fillChar is '0' (the number 0, ASCII 48), the locale's zero is |
|
6442 used. For negative numbers, zero padding might appear before the |
|
6443 minus sign. |
|
6444 */ |
|
6445 |
|
6446 /*! \fn QString QString::arg(ulong a, int fieldWidth, int base, const QChar &fillChar) const |
|
6447 \overload arg() |
|
6448 |
|
6449 \a fieldWidth specifies the minimum amount of space that \a a is |
|
6450 padded to and filled with the character \a fillChar. A positive |
|
6451 value produces right-aligned text; a negative value produces |
|
6452 left-aligned text. |
|
6453 |
|
6454 The \a base argument specifies the base to use when converting the |
|
6455 integer \a a to a string. The base must be between 2 and 36, with 8 |
|
6456 giving octal, 10 decimal, and 16 hexadecimal numbers. |
|
6457 |
|
6458 If \a fillChar is '0' (the number 0, ASCII 48), the locale's zero is |
|
6459 used. For negative numbers, zero padding might appear before the |
|
6460 minus sign. |
|
6461 */ |
|
6462 |
|
6463 /*! |
|
6464 \overload arg() |
|
6465 |
|
6466 \a fieldWidth specifies the minimum amount of space that \a a is |
|
6467 padded to and filled with the character \a fillChar. A positive |
|
6468 value produces right-aligned text; a negative value produces |
|
6469 left-aligned text. |
|
6470 |
|
6471 The \a base argument specifies the base to use when converting the |
|
6472 integer \a a into a string. The base must be between 2 and 36, with |
|
6473 8 giving octal, 10 decimal, and 16 hexadecimal numbers. |
|
6474 |
|
6475 If \a fillChar is '0' (the number 0, ASCII 48), the locale's zero is |
|
6476 used. For negative numbers, zero padding might appear before the |
|
6477 minus sign. |
|
6478 */ |
|
6479 QString QString::arg(qlonglong a, int fieldWidth, int base, const QChar &fillChar) const |
|
6480 { |
|
6481 ArgEscapeData d = findArgEscapes(*this); |
|
6482 |
|
6483 if (d.occurrences == 0) { |
|
6484 qWarning() << "QString::arg: Argument missing:" << *this << ',' << a; |
|
6485 return *this; |
|
6486 } |
|
6487 |
|
6488 unsigned flags = QLocalePrivate::NoFlags; |
|
6489 if (fillChar == QLatin1Char('0')) |
|
6490 flags = QLocalePrivate::ZeroPadded; |
|
6491 |
|
6492 QString arg; |
|
6493 if (d.occurrences > d.locale_occurrences) |
|
6494 arg = QLocale::c().d()->longLongToString(a, -1, base, fieldWidth, flags); |
|
6495 |
|
6496 QString locale_arg; |
|
6497 if (d.locale_occurrences > 0) { |
|
6498 QLocale locale; |
|
6499 locale_arg = locale.d()->longLongToString(a, -1, base, fieldWidth, |
|
6500 flags | QLocalePrivate::ThousandsGroup); |
|
6501 } |
|
6502 |
|
6503 return replaceArgEscapes(*this, d, fieldWidth, arg, locale_arg, fillChar); |
|
6504 } |
|
6505 |
|
6506 /*! |
|
6507 \overload arg() |
|
6508 |
|
6509 \a fieldWidth specifies the minimum amount of space that \a a is |
|
6510 padded to and filled with the character \a fillChar. A positive |
|
6511 value produces right-aligned text; a negative value produces |
|
6512 left-aligned text. |
|
6513 |
|
6514 The \a base argument specifies the base to use when converting the |
|
6515 integer \a a into a string. \a base must be between 2 and 36, with 8 |
|
6516 giving octal, 10 decimal, and 16 hexadecimal numbers. |
|
6517 |
|
6518 If \a fillChar is '0' (the number 0, ASCII 48), the locale's zero is |
|
6519 used. For negative numbers, zero padding might appear before the |
|
6520 minus sign. |
|
6521 */ |
|
6522 QString QString::arg(qulonglong a, int fieldWidth, int base, const QChar &fillChar) const |
|
6523 { |
|
6524 ArgEscapeData d = findArgEscapes(*this); |
|
6525 |
|
6526 if (d.occurrences == 0) { |
|
6527 qWarning() << "QString::arg: Argument missing:" << *this << ',' << a; |
|
6528 return *this; |
|
6529 } |
|
6530 |
|
6531 unsigned flags = QLocalePrivate::NoFlags; |
|
6532 if (fillChar == QLatin1Char('0')) |
|
6533 flags = QLocalePrivate::ZeroPadded; |
|
6534 |
|
6535 QString arg; |
|
6536 if (d.occurrences > d.locale_occurrences) |
|
6537 arg = QLocale::c().d()->unsLongLongToString(a, -1, base, fieldWidth, flags); |
|
6538 |
|
6539 QString locale_arg; |
|
6540 if (d.locale_occurrences > 0) { |
|
6541 QLocale locale; |
|
6542 locale_arg = locale.d()->unsLongLongToString(a, -1, base, fieldWidth, |
|
6543 flags | QLocalePrivate::ThousandsGroup); |
|
6544 } |
|
6545 |
|
6546 return replaceArgEscapes(*this, d, fieldWidth, arg, locale_arg, fillChar); |
|
6547 } |
|
6548 |
|
6549 /*! |
|
6550 \overload arg() |
|
6551 |
|
6552 \fn QString QString::arg(short a, int fieldWidth, int base, const QChar &fillChar) const |
|
6553 |
|
6554 \a fieldWidth specifies the minimum amount of space that \a a is |
|
6555 padded to and filled with the character \a fillChar. A positive |
|
6556 value produces right-aligned text; a negative value produces |
|
6557 left-aligned text. |
|
6558 |
|
6559 The \a base argument specifies the base to use when converting the |
|
6560 integer \a a into a string. The base must be between 2 and 36, with |
|
6561 8 giving octal, 10 decimal, and 16 hexadecimal numbers. |
|
6562 |
|
6563 If \a fillChar is '0' (the number 0, ASCII 48), the locale's zero is |
|
6564 used. For negative numbers, zero padding might appear before the |
|
6565 minus sign. |
|
6566 */ |
|
6567 |
|
6568 /*! |
|
6569 \fn QString QString::arg(ushort a, int fieldWidth, int base, const QChar &fillChar) const |
|
6570 \overload arg() |
|
6571 |
|
6572 \a fieldWidth specifies the minimum amount of space that \a a is |
|
6573 padded to and filled with the character \a fillChar. A positive |
|
6574 value produces right-aligned text; a negative value produces |
|
6575 left-aligned text. |
|
6576 |
|
6577 The \a base argument specifies the base to use when converting the |
|
6578 integer \a a into a string. The base must be between 2 and 36, with |
|
6579 8 giving octal, 10 decimal, and 16 hexadecimal numbers. |
|
6580 |
|
6581 If \a fillChar is '0' (the number 0, ASCII 48), the locale's zero is |
|
6582 used. For negative numbers, zero padding might appear before the |
|
6583 minus sign. |
|
6584 */ |
|
6585 |
|
6586 /*! |
|
6587 \overload arg() |
|
6588 */ |
|
6589 QString QString::arg(QChar a, int fieldWidth, const QChar &fillChar) const |
|
6590 { |
|
6591 QString c; |
|
6592 c += a; |
|
6593 return arg(c, fieldWidth, fillChar); |
|
6594 } |
|
6595 |
|
6596 /*! |
|
6597 \overload arg() |
|
6598 |
|
6599 The \a a argument is interpreted as a Latin-1 character. |
|
6600 */ |
|
6601 QString QString::arg(char a, int fieldWidth, const QChar &fillChar) const |
|
6602 { |
|
6603 QString c; |
|
6604 c += QLatin1Char(a); |
|
6605 return arg(c, fieldWidth, fillChar); |
|
6606 } |
|
6607 |
|
6608 /*! |
|
6609 \fn QString QString::arg(double a, int fieldWidth, char format, int precision, const QChar &fillChar) const |
|
6610 \overload arg() |
|
6611 |
|
6612 Argument \a a is formatted according to the specified \a format and |
|
6613 \a precision. See \l{Argument Formats} for details. |
|
6614 |
|
6615 \a fieldWidth specifies the minimum amount of space that \a a is |
|
6616 padded to and filled with the character \a fillChar. A positive |
|
6617 value produces right-aligned text; a negative value produces |
|
6618 left-aligned text. |
|
6619 |
|
6620 \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qstring.cpp 2 |
|
6621 |
|
6622 The '%' can be followed by an 'L', in which case the sequence is |
|
6623 replaced with a localized representation of \a a. The conversion |
|
6624 uses the default locale, set by QLocale::setDefaultLocale(). If no |
|
6625 default locale was specified, the "C" locale is used. |
|
6626 |
|
6627 If \a fillChar is '0' (the number 0, ASCII 48), this function will |
|
6628 use the locale's zero to pad. For negative numbers, the zero padding |
|
6629 will probably appear before the minus sign. |
|
6630 |
|
6631 \sa QLocale::toString() |
|
6632 */ |
|
6633 QString QString::arg(double a, int fieldWidth, char fmt, int prec, const QChar &fillChar) const |
|
6634 { |
|
6635 ArgEscapeData d = findArgEscapes(*this); |
|
6636 |
|
6637 if (d.occurrences == 0) { |
|
6638 qWarning("QString::arg: Argument missing: %s, %g", toLocal8Bit().data(), a); |
|
6639 return *this; |
|
6640 } |
|
6641 |
|
6642 unsigned flags = QLocalePrivate::NoFlags; |
|
6643 if (fillChar == QLatin1Char('0')) |
|
6644 flags = QLocalePrivate::ZeroPadded; |
|
6645 |
|
6646 if (qIsUpper(fmt)) |
|
6647 flags |= QLocalePrivate::CapitalEorX; |
|
6648 fmt = qToLower(fmt); |
|
6649 |
|
6650 QLocalePrivate::DoubleForm form = QLocalePrivate::DFDecimal; |
|
6651 switch (fmt) { |
|
6652 case 'f': |
|
6653 form = QLocalePrivate::DFDecimal; |
|
6654 break; |
|
6655 case 'e': |
|
6656 form = QLocalePrivate::DFExponent; |
|
6657 break; |
|
6658 case 'g': |
|
6659 form = QLocalePrivate::DFSignificantDigits; |
|
6660 break; |
|
6661 default: |
|
6662 #if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE) |
|
6663 qWarning("QString::arg: Invalid format char '%c'", fmt); |
|
6664 #endif |
|
6665 break; |
|
6666 } |
|
6667 |
|
6668 QString arg; |
|
6669 if (d.occurrences > d.locale_occurrences) |
|
6670 arg = QLocale::c().d()->doubleToString(a, prec, form, fieldWidth, flags); |
|
6671 |
|
6672 QString locale_arg; |
|
6673 if (d.locale_occurrences > 0) { |
|
6674 QLocale locale; |
|
6675 |
|
6676 flags |= QLocalePrivate::ThousandsGroup; |
|
6677 locale_arg = locale.d()->doubleToString(a, prec, form, fieldWidth, flags); |
|
6678 } |
|
6679 |
|
6680 return replaceArgEscapes(*this, d, fieldWidth, arg, locale_arg, fillChar); |
|
6681 } |
|
6682 |
|
6683 static int getEscape(const QChar *uc, int *pos, int len, int maxNumber = 999) |
|
6684 { |
|
6685 int i = *pos; |
|
6686 ++i; |
|
6687 if (i < len && uc[i] == QLatin1Char('L')) |
|
6688 ++i; |
|
6689 if (i < len) { |
|
6690 int escape = uc[i].unicode() - '0'; |
|
6691 if (uint(escape) >= 10U) |
|
6692 return -1; |
|
6693 ++i; |
|
6694 while (i < len) { |
|
6695 int digit = uc[i].unicode() - '0'; |
|
6696 if (uint(digit) >= 10U) |
|
6697 break; |
|
6698 escape = (escape * 10) + digit; |
|
6699 ++i; |
|
6700 } |
|
6701 if (escape <= maxNumber) { |
|
6702 *pos = i; |
|
6703 return escape; |
|
6704 } |
|
6705 } |
|
6706 return -1; |
|
6707 } |
|
6708 |
|
6709 QString QString::multiArg(int numArgs, const QString **args) const |
|
6710 { |
|
6711 QString result; |
|
6712 QMap<int, int> numbersUsed; |
|
6713 const QChar *uc = (const QChar *) d->data; |
|
6714 const int len = d->size; |
|
6715 const int end = len - 1; |
|
6716 int lastNumber = -1; |
|
6717 int i = 0; |
|
6718 |
|
6719 // populate the numbersUsed map with the %n's that actually occur in the string |
|
6720 while (i < end) { |
|
6721 if (uc[i] == QLatin1Char('%')) { |
|
6722 int number = getEscape(uc, &i, len); |
|
6723 if (number != -1) { |
|
6724 numbersUsed.insert(number, -1); |
|
6725 continue; |
|
6726 } |
|
6727 } |
|
6728 ++i; |
|
6729 } |
|
6730 |
|
6731 // assign an argument number to each of the %n's |
|
6732 QMap<int, int>::iterator j = numbersUsed.begin(); |
|
6733 QMap<int, int>::iterator jend = numbersUsed.end(); |
|
6734 int arg = 0; |
|
6735 while (j != jend && arg < numArgs) { |
|
6736 *j = arg++; |
|
6737 lastNumber = j.key(); |
|
6738 ++j; |
|
6739 } |
|
6740 |
|
6741 // sanity |
|
6742 if (numArgs > arg) { |
|
6743 qWarning("QString::arg: %d argument(s) missing in %s", numArgs - arg, toLocal8Bit().data()); |
|
6744 numArgs = arg; |
|
6745 } |
|
6746 |
|
6747 i = 0; |
|
6748 while (i < len) { |
|
6749 if (uc[i] == QLatin1Char('%') && i != end) { |
|
6750 int number = getEscape(uc, &i, len, lastNumber); |
|
6751 int arg = numbersUsed[number]; |
|
6752 if (number != -1 && arg != -1) { |
|
6753 result += *args[arg]; |
|
6754 continue; |
|
6755 } |
|
6756 } |
|
6757 result += uc[i++]; |
|
6758 } |
|
6759 return result; |
|
6760 } |
|
6761 |
|
6762 /*! \internal |
|
6763 */ |
|
6764 void QString::updateProperties() const |
|
6765 { |
|
6766 ushort *p = d->data; |
|
6767 ushort *end = p + d->size; |
|
6768 d->simpletext = true; |
|
6769 while (p < end) { |
|
6770 ushort uc = *p; |
|
6771 // sort out regions of complex text formatting |
|
6772 if (uc > 0x058f && (uc < 0x1100 || uc > 0xfb0f)) { |
|
6773 d->simpletext = false; |
|
6774 } |
|
6775 p++; |
|
6776 } |
|
6777 |
|
6778 p = d->data; |
|
6779 d->righttoleft = false; |
|
6780 while (p < end) { |
|
6781 switch(QChar::direction(*p)) |
|
6782 { |
|
6783 case QChar::DirL: |
|
6784 case QChar::DirLRO: |
|
6785 case QChar::DirLRE: |
|
6786 goto end; |
|
6787 case QChar::DirR: |
|
6788 case QChar::DirAL: |
|
6789 case QChar::DirRLO: |
|
6790 case QChar::DirRLE: |
|
6791 d->righttoleft = true; |
|
6792 goto end; |
|
6793 default: |
|
6794 break; |
|
6795 } |
|
6796 ++p; |
|
6797 } |
|
6798 end: |
|
6799 d->clean = true; |
|
6800 return; |
|
6801 } |
|
6802 |
|
6803 /*! \fn bool QString::isSimpleText() const |
|
6804 |
|
6805 \internal |
|
6806 */ |
|
6807 |
|
6808 /*! \fn bool QString::isRightToLeft() const |
|
6809 |
|
6810 \internal |
|
6811 */ |
|
6812 |
|
6813 |
|
6814 /*! \fn QChar *QString::data() |
|
6815 |
|
6816 Returns a pointer to the data stored in the QString. The pointer |
|
6817 can be used to access and modify the characters that compose the |
|
6818 string. For convenience, the data is '\\0'-terminated. |
|
6819 |
|
6820 Example: |
|
6821 |
|
6822 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 19 |
|
6823 |
|
6824 Note that the pointer remains valid only as long as the string is |
|
6825 not modified by other means. For read-only access, constData() is |
|
6826 faster because it never causes a \l{deep copy} to occur. |
|
6827 |
|
6828 \sa constData(), operator[]() |
|
6829 */ |
|
6830 |
|
6831 /*! \fn const QChar *QString::data() const |
|
6832 |
|
6833 \overload |
|
6834 */ |
|
6835 |
|
6836 /*! \fn const QChar *QString::constData() const |
|
6837 |
|
6838 Returns a pointer to the data stored in the QString. The pointer |
|
6839 can be used to access the characters that compose the string. For |
|
6840 convenience, the data is '\\0'-terminated. |
|
6841 |
|
6842 Note that the pointer remains valid only as long as the string is |
|
6843 not modified. |
|
6844 |
|
6845 \sa data(), operator[]() |
|
6846 */ |
|
6847 |
|
6848 /*! \fn void QString::push_front(const QString &other) |
|
6849 |
|
6850 This function is provided for STL compatibility, prepending the |
|
6851 given \a other string to the beginning of this string. It is |
|
6852 equivalent to \c prepend(other). |
|
6853 |
|
6854 \sa prepend() |
|
6855 */ |
|
6856 |
|
6857 /*! \fn void QString::push_front(QChar ch) |
|
6858 |
|
6859 \overload |
|
6860 |
|
6861 Prepends the given \a ch character to the beginning of this string. |
|
6862 */ |
|
6863 |
|
6864 /*! \fn void QString::push_back(const QString &other) |
|
6865 |
|
6866 This function is provided for STL compatibility, appending the |
|
6867 given \a other string onto the end of this string. It is |
|
6868 equivalent to \c append(other). |
|
6869 |
|
6870 \sa append() |
|
6871 */ |
|
6872 |
|
6873 /*! \fn void QString::push_back(QChar ch) |
|
6874 |
|
6875 \overload |
|
6876 |
|
6877 Appends the given \a ch character onto the end of this string. |
|
6878 */ |
|
6879 |
|
6880 /*! |
|
6881 \fn std::string QString::toStdString() const |
|
6882 |
|
6883 Returns a std::string object with the data contained in this |
|
6884 QString. The Unicode data is converted into 8-bit characters using |
|
6885 the toAscii() function. |
|
6886 |
|
6887 This operator is mostly useful to pass a QString to a function |
|
6888 that accepts a std::string object. |
|
6889 |
|
6890 If the QString contains non-ASCII Unicode characters, using this |
|
6891 operator can lead to loss of information, since the implementation |
|
6892 calls toAscii(). |
|
6893 |
|
6894 This operator is only available if Qt is configured with STL |
|
6895 compatibility enabled. |
|
6896 |
|
6897 \sa toAscii(), toLatin1(), toUtf8(), toLocal8Bit() |
|
6898 */ |
|
6899 |
|
6900 /*! |
|
6901 Constructs a QString that uses the first \a size Unicode characters |
|
6902 in the array \a unicode. The data in \a unicode is \e not |
|
6903 copied. The caller must be able to guarantee that \a unicode will |
|
6904 not be deleted or modified as long as the QString (or an |
|
6905 unmodified copy of it) exists. |
|
6906 |
|
6907 Any attempts to modify the QString or copies of it will cause it |
|
6908 to create a deep copy of the data, ensuring that the raw data |
|
6909 isn't modified. |
|
6910 |
|
6911 Here's an example of how we can use a QRegExp on raw data in |
|
6912 memory without requiring to copy the data into a QString: |
|
6913 |
|
6914 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 22 |
|
6915 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 23 |
|
6916 |
|
6917 \warning A string created with fromRawData() is \e not |
|
6918 '\\0'-terminated, unless the raw data contains a '\\0' character |
|
6919 at position \a size. This means unicode() will \e not return a |
|
6920 '\\0'-terminated string (although utf16() does, at the cost of |
|
6921 copying the raw data). |
|
6922 |
|
6923 \sa fromUtf16() |
|
6924 */ |
|
6925 QString QString::fromRawData(const QChar *unicode, int size) |
|
6926 { |
|
6927 Data *x = static_cast<Data *>(qMalloc(sizeof(Data))); |
|
6928 Q_CHECK_PTR(x); |
|
6929 if (unicode) { |
|
6930 x->data = (ushort *)unicode; |
|
6931 } else { |
|
6932 x->data = x->array; |
|
6933 size = 0; |
|
6934 } |
|
6935 x->ref = 1; |
|
6936 x->alloc = x->size = size; |
|
6937 *x->array = '\0'; |
|
6938 x->clean = x->asciiCache = x->simpletext = x->righttoleft = x->capacity = 0; |
|
6939 return QString(x, 0); |
|
6940 } |
|
6941 |
|
6942 /*! \class QLatin1String |
|
6943 \brief The QLatin1String class provides a thin wrapper around an ASCII/Latin-1 encoded string literal. |
|
6944 |
|
6945 \ingroup string-processing |
|
6946 \reentrant |
|
6947 |
|
6948 Many of QString's member functions are overloaded to accept |
|
6949 \c{const char *} instead of QString. This includes the copy |
|
6950 constructor, the assignment operator, the comparison operators, |
|
6951 and various other functions such as \link QString::insert() |
|
6952 insert() \endlink, \link QString::replace() replace()\endlink, |
|
6953 and \link QString::indexOf() indexOf()\endlink. These functions |
|
6954 are usually optimized to avoid constructing a QString object for |
|
6955 the \c{const char *} data. For example, assuming \c str is a |
|
6956 QString, |
|
6957 |
|
6958 \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qstring.cpp 3 |
|
6959 |
|
6960 is much faster than |
|
6961 |
|
6962 \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qstring.cpp 4 |
|
6963 |
|
6964 because it doesn't construct four temporary QString objects and |
|
6965 make a deep copy of the character data. |
|
6966 |
|
6967 Applications that define \c QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII (as explained |
|
6968 in the QString documentation) don't have access to QString's |
|
6969 \c{const char *} API. To provide an efficient way of specifying |
|
6970 constant Latin-1 strings, Qt provides the QLatin1String, which is |
|
6971 just a very thin wrapper around a \c{const char *}. Using |
|
6972 QLatin1String, the example code above becomes |
|
6973 |
|
6974 \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qstring.cpp 5 |
|
6975 |
|
6976 This is a bit longer to type, but it provides exactly the same |
|
6977 benefits as the first version of the code, and is faster than |
|
6978 converting the Latin-1 strings using QString::fromLatin1(). |
|
6979 |
|
6980 Thanks to the QString(const QLatin1String &) constructor, |
|
6981 QLatin1String can be used everywhere a QString is expected. For |
|
6982 example: |
|
6983 |
|
6984 \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qstring.cpp 6 |
|
6985 |
|
6986 \sa QString, QLatin1Char |
|
6987 */ |
|
6988 |
|
6989 /*! \fn QLatin1String::QLatin1String(const char *str) |
|
6990 |
|
6991 Constructs a QLatin1String object that stores \a str. Note that if |
|
6992 \a str is 0, an empty string is created; this case is handled by |
|
6993 QString. |
|
6994 |
|
6995 The string data is \e not copied. The caller must be able to |
|
6996 guarantee that \a str will not be deleted or modified as long as |
|
6997 the QLatin1String object exists. |
|
6998 |
|
6999 \sa latin1() |
|
7000 */ |
|
7001 |
|
7002 /*! |
|
7003 \since 4.1 |
|
7004 \fn QLatin1String &QLatin1String::operator=(const QLatin1String &other) |
|
7005 |
|
7006 Constructs a copy of \a other. |
|
7007 */ |
|
7008 |
|
7009 /*! \fn const char *QLatin1String::latin1() const |
|
7010 |
|
7011 Returns the Latin-1 string stored in this object. |
|
7012 */ |
|
7013 |
|
7014 /*! \fn bool QLatin1String::operator==(const QString &other) const |
|
7015 |
|
7016 Returns true if this string is equal to string \a other; |
|
7017 otherwise returns false. |
|
7018 |
|
7019 The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values |
|
7020 of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would |
|
7021 expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings with |
|
7022 QString::localeAwareCompare(). |
|
7023 */ |
|
7024 |
|
7025 /*! |
|
7026 \fn bool QLatin1String::operator==(const char *other) const |
|
7027 \since 4.3 |
|
7028 \overload |
|
7029 |
|
7030 The \a other const char pointer is converted to a QLatin1String using |
|
7031 the QString::fromAscii() function. |
|
7032 |
|
7033 You can disable this operator by defining \c |
|
7034 QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This |
|
7035 can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings |
|
7036 go through QObject::tr(), for example. |
|
7037 */ |
|
7038 |
|
7039 /*! \fn bool QLatin1String::operator!=(const QString &other) const |
|
7040 |
|
7041 Returns true if this string is not equal to string \a other; |
|
7042 otherwise returns false. |
|
7043 |
|
7044 The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values |
|
7045 of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would |
|
7046 expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings with |
|
7047 QString::localeAwareCompare(). |
|
7048 */ |
|
7049 |
|
7050 /*! |
|
7051 \fn bool QLatin1String::operator!=(const char *other) const |
|
7052 \since 4.3 |
|
7053 \overload operator!=() |
|
7054 |
|
7055 The \a other const char pointer is converted to a QLatin1String using |
|
7056 the QString::fromAscii() function. |
|
7057 |
|
7058 You can disable this operator by defining \c |
|
7059 QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This |
|
7060 can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings |
|
7061 go through QObject::tr(), for example. |
|
7062 */ |
|
7063 |
|
7064 /*! |
|
7065 \fn bool QLatin1String::operator>(const QString &other) const |
|
7066 |
|
7067 Returns true if this string is lexically greater than string \a |
|
7068 other; otherwise returns false. |
|
7069 |
|
7070 The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values |
|
7071 of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would |
|
7072 expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings with |
|
7073 QString::localeAwareCompare(). |
|
7074 */ |
|
7075 |
|
7076 /*! |
|
7077 \fn bool QLatin1String::operator>(const char *other) const |
|
7078 \since 4.3 |
|
7079 \overload |
|
7080 |
|
7081 The \a other const char pointer is converted to a QLatin1String using |
|
7082 the QString::fromAscii() function. |
|
7083 |
|
7084 You can disable this operator by defining \c QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII |
|
7085 when you compile your applications. This can be useful if you want |
|
7086 to ensure that all user-visible strings go through QObject::tr(), |
|
7087 for example. |
|
7088 */ |
|
7089 |
|
7090 /*! |
|
7091 \fn bool QLatin1String::operator<(const QString &other) const |
|
7092 |
|
7093 Returns true if this string is lexically less than the \a other |
|
7094 string; otherwise returns false. |
|
7095 |
|
7096 The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values |
|
7097 of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would |
|
7098 expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings using the |
|
7099 QString::localeAwareCompare() function. |
|
7100 */ |
|
7101 |
|
7102 /*! |
|
7103 \fn bool QLatin1String::operator<(const char *other) const |
|
7104 \since 4.3 |
|
7105 \overload |
|
7106 |
|
7107 The \a other const char pointer is converted to a QLatin1String using |
|
7108 the QString::fromAscii() function. |
|
7109 |
|
7110 You can disable this operator by defining \c |
|
7111 QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This |
|
7112 can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings |
|
7113 go through QObject::tr(), for example. |
|
7114 */ |
|
7115 |
|
7116 /*! |
|
7117 \fn bool QLatin1String::operator>=(const QString &other) const |
|
7118 |
|
7119 Returns true if this string is lexically greater than or equal |
|
7120 to string \a other; otherwise returns false. |
|
7121 |
|
7122 The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values |
|
7123 of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would |
|
7124 expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings with |
|
7125 QString::localeAwareCompare(). |
|
7126 */ |
|
7127 |
|
7128 /*! |
|
7129 \fn bool QLatin1String::operator>=(const char *other) const |
|
7130 \since 4.3 |
|
7131 \overload |
|
7132 |
|
7133 The \a other const char pointer is converted to a QLatin1String using |
|
7134 the QString::fromAscii() function. |
|
7135 |
|
7136 You can disable this operator by defining \c |
|
7137 QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This |
|
7138 can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings |
|
7139 go through QObject::tr(), for example. |
|
7140 */ |
|
7141 |
|
7142 /*! \fn bool QLatin1String::operator<=(const QString &other) const |
|
7143 |
|
7144 Returns true if this string is lexically less than or equal |
|
7145 to string \a other; otherwise returns false. |
|
7146 |
|
7147 The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values |
|
7148 of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would |
|
7149 expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings with |
|
7150 QString::localeAwareCompare(). |
|
7151 */ |
|
7152 |
|
7153 /*! |
|
7154 \fn bool QLatin1String::operator<=(const char *other) const |
|
7155 \since 4.3 |
|
7156 \overload |
|
7157 |
|
7158 The \a other const char pointer is converted to a QString using |
|
7159 the QString::fromAscii() function. |
|
7160 |
|
7161 You can disable this operator by defining \c |
|
7162 QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This |
|
7163 can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings |
|
7164 go through QObject::tr(), for example. |
|
7165 */ |
|
7166 |
|
7167 |
|
7168 |
|
7169 /* \fn bool operator==(const QLatin1String &s1, const QLatin1String &s2) |
|
7170 \relates QLatin1String |
|
7171 |
|
7172 Returns true if string \a s1 is lexically equal to string \a s2; otherwise |
|
7173 returns false. |
|
7174 */ |
|
7175 /* \fn bool operator!=(const QLatin1String &s1, const QLatin1String &s2) |
|
7176 \relates QLatin1String |
|
7177 |
|
7178 Returns true if string \a s1 is lexically unequal to string \a s2; otherwise |
|
7179 returns false. |
|
7180 */ |
|
7181 /* \fn bool operator<(const QLatin1String &s1, const QLatin1String &s2) |
|
7182 \relates QLatin1String |
|
7183 |
|
7184 Returns true if string \a s1 is lexically smaller than string \a s2; otherwise |
|
7185 returns false. |
|
7186 */ |
|
7187 /* \fn bool operator<=(const QLatin1String &s1, const QLatin1String &s2) |
|
7188 \relates QLatin1String |
|
7189 |
|
7190 Returns true if string \a s1 is lexically smaller than or equal to string \a s2; otherwise |
|
7191 returns false. |
|
7192 */ |
|
7193 /* \fn bool operator>(const QLatin1String &s1, const QLatin1String &s2) |
|
7194 \relates QLatin1String |
|
7195 |
|
7196 Returns true if string \a s1 is lexically greater than string \a s2; otherwise |
|
7197 returns false. |
|
7198 */ |
|
7199 /* \fn bool operator>=(const QLatin1String &s1, const QLatin1String &s2) |
|
7200 \relates QLatin1String |
|
7201 |
|
7202 Returns true if string \a s1 is lexically greater than or equal to |
|
7203 string \a s2; otherwise returns false. |
|
7204 */ |
|
7205 |
|
7206 |
|
7207 #ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM |
|
7208 /*! |
|
7209 \fn QDataStream &operator<<(QDataStream &stream, const QString &string) |
|
7210 \relates QString |
|
7211 |
|
7212 Writes the given \a string to the specified \a stream. |
|
7213 |
|
7214 \sa {Format of the QDataStream Operators} |
|
7215 */ |
|
7216 |
|
7217 QDataStream &operator<<(QDataStream &out, const QString &str) |
|
7218 { |
|
7219 if (out.version() == 1) { |
|
7220 out << str.toLatin1(); |
|
7221 } else { |
|
7222 if (!str.isNull() || out.version() < 3) { |
|
7223 int byteOrder = out.byteOrder(); |
|
7224 const QChar* ub = str.unicode(); |
|
7225 static const uint auto_size = 1024; |
|
7226 char t[auto_size]; |
|
7227 char *b; |
|
7228 if (str.length()*sizeof(QChar) > auto_size) { |
|
7229 b = new char[str.length()*sizeof(QChar)]; |
|
7230 } else { |
|
7231 b = t; |
|
7232 } |
|
7233 int l = str.length(); |
|
7234 char *c=b; |
|
7235 while (l--) { |
|
7236 if (byteOrder == QDataStream::BigEndian) { |
|
7237 *c++ = (char)ub->row(); |
|
7238 *c++ = (char)ub->cell(); |
|
7239 } else { |
|
7240 *c++ = (char)ub->cell(); |
|
7241 *c++ = (char)ub->row(); |
|
7242 } |
|
7243 ub++; |
|
7244 } |
|
7245 out.writeBytes(b, sizeof(QChar)*str.length()); |
|
7246 if (str.length()*sizeof(QChar) > auto_size) |
|
7247 delete [] b; |
|
7248 } else { |
|
7249 // write null marker |
|
7250 out << (quint32)0xffffffff; |
|
7251 } |
|
7252 } |
|
7253 return out; |
|
7254 } |
|
7255 |
|
7256 /*! |
|
7257 \fn QDataStream &operator>>(QDataStream &stream, QString &string) |
|
7258 \relates QString |
|
7259 |
|
7260 Reads a string from the specified \a stream into the given \a string. |
|
7261 |
|
7262 \sa {Format of the QDataStream Operators} |
|
7263 */ |
|
7264 |
|
7265 QDataStream &operator>>(QDataStream &in, QString &str) |
|
7266 { |
|
7267 #ifdef QT_QSTRING_UCS_4 |
|
7268 #if defined(Q_CC_GNU) |
|
7269 #warning "operator>> not working properly" |
|
7270 #endif |
|
7271 #endif |
|
7272 |
|
7273 if (in.version() == 1) { |
|
7274 QByteArray l; |
|
7275 in >> l; |
|
7276 str = QString::fromLatin1(l); |
|
7277 } else { |
|
7278 quint32 bytes = 0; |
|
7279 in >> bytes; // read size of string |
|
7280 if (bytes == 0xffffffff) { // null string |
|
7281 str.clear(); |
|
7282 } else if (bytes > 0) { // not empty |
|
7283 if (bytes & 0x1) { |
|
7284 str.clear(); |
|
7285 in.setStatus(QDataStream::ReadCorruptData); |
|
7286 return in; |
|
7287 } |
|
7288 |
|
7289 const quint32 Step = 1024 * 1024; |
|
7290 quint32 len = bytes / 2; |
|
7291 quint32 allocated = 0; |
|
7292 |
|
7293 while (allocated < len) { |
|
7294 int blockSize = qMin(Step, len - allocated); |
|
7295 str.resize(allocated + blockSize); |
|
7296 if (in.readRawData(reinterpret_cast<char *>(str.data()) + allocated * 2, |
|
7297 blockSize * 2) != blockSize * 2) { |
|
7298 str.clear(); |
|
7299 in.setStatus(QDataStream::ReadPastEnd); |
|
7300 return in; |
|
7301 } |
|
7302 allocated += blockSize; |
|
7303 } |
|
7304 |
|
7305 if ((in.byteOrder() == QDataStream::BigEndian) |
|
7306 != (QSysInfo::ByteOrder == QSysInfo::BigEndian)) { |
|
7307 ushort *data = reinterpret_cast<ushort *>(str.data()); |
|
7308 while (len--) { |
|
7309 *data = (*data >> 8) | (*data << 8); |
|
7310 ++data; |
|
7311 } |
|
7312 } |
|
7313 } else { |
|
7314 str = QLatin1String(""); |
|
7315 } |
|
7316 } |
|
7317 return in; |
|
7318 } |
|
7319 #endif // QT_NO_DATASTREAM |
|
7320 |
|
7321 /*! |
|
7322 \fn void QString::setLength(int nl) |
|
7323 |
|
7324 Use resize() instead. |
|
7325 */ |
|
7326 |
|
7327 /*! |
|
7328 \fn QString QString::copy() const |
|
7329 |
|
7330 Use simple assignment instead. QString is implicitly shared so if |
|
7331 a copy is modified only the copy is changed. |
|
7332 */ |
|
7333 |
|
7334 /*! |
|
7335 \fn QString &QString::remove(QChar c, bool cs) |
|
7336 |
|
7337 Use the remove(QChar, Qt::CaseSensitive) overload instead. |
|
7338 */ |
|
7339 |
|
7340 /*! |
|
7341 \fn QString &QString::remove(const QString &s, bool cs) |
|
7342 |
|
7343 Use the remove(QString, Qt::CaseSensitive) overload instead. |
|
7344 */ |
|
7345 |
|
7346 /*! |
|
7347 \fn QString &QString::replace(QChar c, const QString &after, bool cs) |
|
7348 |
|
7349 Use the replace(QChar, QString, Qt::CaseSensitive) overload instead. |
|
7350 */ |
|
7351 |
|
7352 /*! |
|
7353 \fn QString &QString::replace(const QString &before, const QString &after, bool cs) |
|
7354 |
|
7355 Use the replace(QString, QString, Qt::CaseSensitive) overload instead. |
|
7356 */ |
|
7357 |
|
7358 /*! |
|
7359 \fn QString &QString::replace(char c, const QString &after, bool cs) |
|
7360 |
|
7361 Use the replace(QChar, QString, Qt::CaseSensitive) overload instead. |
|
7362 */ |
|
7363 |
|
7364 /*! |
|
7365 \fn QString &QString::replace(char c, const QString &after, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) |
|
7366 |
|
7367 Use the replace(QChar, QString, Qt::CaseSensitive) overload instead. |
|
7368 */ |
|
7369 |
|
7370 /*! |
|
7371 \fn int QString::find(QChar c, int i = 0, bool cs = true) const |
|
7372 |
|
7373 Use indexOf() instead. |
|
7374 */ |
|
7375 |
|
7376 /*! |
|
7377 \fn int QString::find(const QString &s, int i = 0, bool cs = true) const |
|
7378 |
|
7379 Use indexOf() instead. |
|
7380 */ |
|
7381 |
|
7382 /*! |
|
7383 \fn int QString::findRev(QChar c, int i = -1, bool cs = true) const |
|
7384 |
|
7385 Use lastIndexOf() instead. |
|
7386 */ |
|
7387 |
|
7388 /*! |
|
7389 \fn int QString::findRev(const QString &s, int i = -1, bool cs = true) const |
|
7390 |
|
7391 Use lastIndexOf() instead. |
|
7392 */ |
|
7393 |
|
7394 /*! |
|
7395 \fn int QString::find(const QRegExp &rx, int i=0) const |
|
7396 |
|
7397 Use indexOf() instead. |
|
7398 */ |
|
7399 |
|
7400 /*! |
|
7401 \fn int QString::find(QRegExp &rx, int i=0) const |
|
7402 \internal |
|
7403 \since 4.5 |
|
7404 |
|
7405 Use indexOf() instead. |
|
7406 */ |
|
7407 |
|
7408 /*! |
|
7409 \fn int QString::findRev(const QRegExp &rx, int i=-1) const |
|
7410 |
|
7411 Use lastIndexOf() instead. |
|
7412 */ |
|
7413 |
|
7414 /*! |
|
7415 \fn int QString::findRev(QRegExp &rx, int i=0) const |
|
7416 \internal |
|
7417 \since 4.5 |
|
7418 |
|
7419 Use lastIndexOf() instead. |
|
7420 */ |
|
7421 |
|
7422 /*! |
|
7423 \fn QBool QString::contains(QChar c, bool cs) const |
|
7424 |
|
7425 Use the contains(QChar, Qt::CaseSensitive) overload instead. |
|
7426 */ |
|
7427 |
|
7428 /*! |
|
7429 \fn QBool QString::contains(const QString &s, bool cs) const |
|
7430 |
|
7431 Use the contains(QString, Qt::CaseSensitive) overload instead. |
|
7432 */ |
|
7433 |
|
7434 /*! |
|
7435 \fn bool QString::startsWith(const QString &s, bool cs) const |
|
7436 |
|
7437 Use the startsWith(QString, Qt::CaseSensitive) overload instead. |
|
7438 */ |
|
7439 |
|
7440 /*! |
|
7441 \fn bool QString::endsWith(const QString &s, bool cs) const |
|
7442 |
|
7443 Use the endsWith(QString, Qt::CaseSensitive) overload instead. |
|
7444 */ |
|
7445 |
|
7446 /*! |
|
7447 \fn QString QString::leftJustify(int width, QChar fill = QLatin1Char(' '), bool trunc=false) const |
|
7448 |
|
7449 Use leftJustified() instead. |
|
7450 */ |
|
7451 |
|
7452 /*! |
|
7453 \fn QString QString::rightJustify(int width, QChar fill = QLatin1Char(' '), bool trunc=false) const |
|
7454 |
|
7455 Use rightJustified() instead. |
|
7456 */ |
|
7457 |
|
7458 /*! |
|
7459 \fn QString QString::lower() const |
|
7460 |
|
7461 Use toLower() instead. |
|
7462 */ |
|
7463 |
|
7464 /*! |
|
7465 \fn QString QString::upper() const |
|
7466 |
|
7467 Use toUpper() instead. |
|
7468 */ |
|
7469 |
|
7470 /*! |
|
7471 \fn QString QString::stripWhiteSpace() const |
|
7472 |
|
7473 Use trimmed() instead. |
|
7474 */ |
|
7475 |
|
7476 /*! |
|
7477 \fn QString QString::simplifyWhiteSpace() const |
|
7478 |
|
7479 Use simplified() instead. |
|
7480 */ |
|
7481 |
|
7482 /*! |
|
7483 \fn QString &QString::setUnicodeCodes(const ushort *unicode_as_ushorts, int size) |
|
7484 |
|
7485 Use setUtf16() instead. |
|
7486 */ |
|
7487 |
|
7488 /*! |
|
7489 \fn ushort *QString::ucs2() const |
|
7490 |
|
7491 Use utf16() instead. |
|
7492 */ |
|
7493 |
|
7494 /*! |
|
7495 \fn QString QString::fromUcs2(const ushort *unicode, int size = -1) |
|
7496 |
|
7497 Use fromUtf16() instead. |
|
7498 */ |
|
7499 |
|
7500 /*! |
|
7501 \fn QString &QString::setAscii(const char *str, int len = -1) |
|
7502 |
|
7503 Use fromAscii() instead. |
|
7504 */ |
|
7505 |
|
7506 /*! |
|
7507 \fn QString &QString::setLatin1(const char *str, int len = -1) |
|
7508 |
|
7509 Use fromLatin1() instead. |
|
7510 */ |
|
7511 |
|
7512 /*! |
|
7513 \fn QChar QString::constref(uint i) const |
|
7514 |
|
7515 Use at() instead. |
|
7516 */ |
|
7517 |
|
7518 /*! |
|
7519 \fn QChar &QString::ref(uint i); |
|
7520 |
|
7521 Use operator[]() instead. |
|
7522 */ |
|
7523 |
|
7524 /*! |
|
7525 \fn QString::operator const char *() const |
|
7526 |
|
7527 Use toAscii().constData() instead. |
|
7528 */ |
|
7529 |
|
7530 /*! |
|
7531 \class QConstString |
|
7532 \brief The QConstString class is a wrapper for constant Unicode string data. |
|
7533 \compat |
|
7534 |
|
7535 In Qt 4, QConstString is replaced by QString::fromRawData(), a |
|
7536 static function that constructs a QString object based on Unicode |
|
7537 string data. |
|
7538 |
|
7539 Because QString::fromRawData() has slightly more stringent |
|
7540 constraints than QConstString had in Qt 3, the new QConstString |
|
7541 class takes a deep copy of the string data. |
|
7542 |
|
7543 \sa QString::fromRawData() |
|
7544 */ |
|
7545 |
|
7546 /*! |
|
7547 \fn QConstString::QConstString(const QChar *unicode, int size) |
|
7548 |
|
7549 Use QString(\a unicode, \a size) or |
|
7550 QString::fromRawData(\a unicode, \a size) instead. |
|
7551 */ |
|
7552 |
|
7553 /*! |
|
7554 \fn const QString &QConstString::string() const |
|
7555 |
|
7556 Returns \c *this. Not necessary in Qt 4. |
|
7557 */ |
|
7558 |
|
7559 |
|
7560 |
|
7561 /*! |
|
7562 \class QStringRef |
|
7563 \since 4.3 |
|
7564 \brief The QStringRef class provides a thin wrapper around QString substrings. |
|
7565 \reentrant |
|
7566 \ingroup tools |
|
7567 \ingroup string-processing |
|
7568 |
|
7569 QStringRef provides a read-only subset of the QString API. |
|
7570 |
|
7571 A string reference explicitly references a portion of a string() |
|
7572 with a given size(), starting at a specific position(). Calling |
|
7573 toString() returns a copy of the data as a real QString instance. |
|
7574 |
|
7575 This class is designed to improve the performance of substring |
|
7576 handling when manipulating substrings obtained from existing QString |
|
7577 instances. QStringRef avoids the memory allocation and reference |
|
7578 counting overhead of a standard QString by simply referencing a |
|
7579 part of the original string. This can prove to be advantageous in |
|
7580 low level code, such as that used in a parser, at the expense of |
|
7581 potentially more complex code. |
|
7582 |
|
7583 For most users, there are no semantic benefits to using QStringRef |
|
7584 instead of QString since QStringRef requires attention to be paid |
|
7585 to memory management issues, potentially making code more complex |
|
7586 to write and maintain. |
|
7587 |
|
7588 \warning A QStringRef is only valid as long as the referenced |
|
7589 string exists. If the original string is deleted, the string |
|
7590 reference points to an invalid memory location. |
|
7591 |
|
7592 We suggest that you only use this class in stable code where profiling |
|
7593 has clearly identified that performance improvements can be made by |
|
7594 replacing standard string operations with the optimized substring |
|
7595 handling provided by this class. |
|
7596 |
|
7597 \sa {Implicitly Shared Classes} |
|
7598 */ |
|
7599 |
|
7600 |
|
7601 /*! |
|
7602 \fn QStringRef::QStringRef() |
|
7603 |
|
7604 Constructs an empty string reference. |
|
7605 */ |
|
7606 |
|
7607 /*! \fn QStringRef::QStringRef(const QString *string, int position, int length) |
|
7608 |
|
7609 Constructs a string reference to the range of characters in the given |
|
7610 \a string specified by the starting \a position and \a length in characters. |
|
7611 |
|
7612 \warning This function exists to improve performance as much as possible, |
|
7613 and performs no bounds checking. For program correctness, \a position and |
|
7614 \a length must describe a valid substring of \a string. |
|
7615 |
|
7616 This means that the starting \a position must be positive or 0 and smaller |
|
7617 than \a string's length, and \a length must be positive or 0 but smaller than |
|
7618 the string's length minus the starting \a position; |
|
7619 i.e, 0 <= position < string->length() and |
|
7620 0 <= length <= string->length() - position must both be satisfied. |
|
7621 */ |
|
7622 |
|
7623 /*! \fn QStringRef::QStringRef(const QString *string) |
|
7624 |
|
7625 Constructs a string reference to the given \a string. |
|
7626 */ |
|
7627 |
|
7628 /*! \fn QStringRef::QStringRef(const QStringRef &other) |
|
7629 |
|
7630 Constructs a copy of the \a other string reference. |
|
7631 */ |
|
7632 /*! |
|
7633 \fn QStringRef::~QStringRef() |
|
7634 |
|
7635 Destroys the string reference. |
|
7636 |
|
7637 Since this class is only used to refer to string data, and does not take |
|
7638 ownership of it, no memory is freed when instances are destroyed. |
|
7639 */ |
|
7640 |
|
7641 |
|
7642 /*! |
|
7643 \fn int QStringRef::position() const |
|
7644 |
|
7645 Returns the starting position in the referenced string that is referred to |
|
7646 by the string reference. |
|
7647 |
|
7648 \sa size(), string() |
|
7649 */ |
|
7650 |
|
7651 /*! |
|
7652 \fn int QStringRef::size() const |
|
7653 |
|
7654 Returns the number of characters referred to by the string reference. |
|
7655 Equivalent to length() and count(). |
|
7656 |
|
7657 \sa position(), string() |
|
7658 */ |
|
7659 /*! |
|
7660 \fn int QStringRef::count() const |
|
7661 Returns the number of characters referred to by the string reference. |
|
7662 Equivalent to size() and length(). |
|
7663 |
|
7664 \sa position(), string() |
|
7665 */ |
|
7666 /*! |
|
7667 \fn int QStringRef::length() const |
|
7668 Returns the number of characters referred to by the string reference. |
|
7669 Equivalent to size() and count(). |
|
7670 |
|
7671 \sa position(), string() |
|
7672 */ |
|
7673 |
|
7674 |
|
7675 /*! |
|
7676 \fn bool QStringRef::isEmpty() const |
|
7677 |
|
7678 Returns true if the string reference has no characters; otherwise returns |
|
7679 false. |
|
7680 |
|
7681 A string reference is empty if its size is zero. |
|
7682 |
|
7683 \sa size() |
|
7684 */ |
|
7685 |
|
7686 /*! |
|
7687 \fn bool QStringRef::isNull() const |
|
7688 |
|
7689 Returns true if string() returns a null pointer or a pointer to a |
|
7690 null string; otherwise returns true. |
|
7691 |
|
7692 \sa size() |
|
7693 */ |
|
7694 |
|
7695 /*! |
|
7696 \fn const QString *QStringRef::string() const |
|
7697 |
|
7698 Returns a pointer to the string referred to by the string reference, or |
|
7699 0 if it does not reference a string. |
|
7700 |
|
7701 \sa unicode() |
|
7702 */ |
|
7703 |
|
7704 |
|
7705 /*! |
|
7706 \fn const QChar *QStringRef::unicode() const |
|
7707 |
|
7708 Returns a Unicode representation of the string reference. Since |
|
7709 the data stems directly from the referenced string, it is not |
|
7710 null-terminated unless the string reference includes the string's |
|
7711 null terminator. |
|
7712 |
|
7713 \sa string() |
|
7714 */ |
|
7715 |
|
7716 /*! |
|
7717 \fn const QChar *QStringRef::data() const |
|
7718 |
|
7719 Same as unicode(). |
|
7720 */ |
|
7721 |
|
7722 /*! |
|
7723 \fn const QChar *QStringRef::constData() const |
|
7724 |
|
7725 Same as unicode(). |
|
7726 */ |
|
7727 |
|
7728 /*! |
|
7729 Returns a copy of the string reference as a QString object. |
|
7730 |
|
7731 If the string reference is not a complete reference of the string |
|
7732 (meaning that position() is 0 and size() equals string()->size()), |
|
7733 this function will allocate a new string to return. |
|
7734 |
|
7735 \sa string() |
|
7736 */ |
|
7737 |
|
7738 QString QStringRef::toString() const { |
|
7739 if (!m_string) |
|
7740 return QString(); |
|
7741 if (m_size && m_position == 0 && m_size == m_string->size()) |
|
7742 return *m_string; |
|
7743 return QString::fromUtf16(reinterpret_cast<const ushort*>(m_string->unicode() + m_position), m_size); |
|
7744 } |
|
7745 |
|
7746 |
|
7747 /*! \relates QStringRef |
|
7748 |
|
7749 Returns true if string reference \a s1 is lexically equal to string reference \a s2; otherwise |
|
7750 returns false. |
|
7751 */ |
|
7752 bool operator==(const QStringRef &s1,const QStringRef &s2) |
|
7753 { return (s1.size() == s2.size() && |
|
7754 qMemEquals((const ushort *)s1.unicode(), (const ushort *)s2.unicode(), s1.size())); |
|
7755 } |
|
7756 |
|
7757 /*! \relates QStringRef |
|
7758 |
|
7759 Returns true if string \a s1 is lexically equal to string reference \a s2; otherwise |
|
7760 returns false. |
|
7761 */ |
|
7762 bool operator==(const QString &s1,const QStringRef &s2) |
|
7763 { return (s1.size() == s2.size() && |
|
7764 qMemEquals((const ushort *)s1.unicode(), (const ushort *)s2.unicode(), s1.size())); |
|
7765 } |
|
7766 |
|
7767 /*! \relates QStringRef |
|
7768 |
|
7769 Returns true if string \a s1 is lexically equal to string reference \a s2; otherwise |
|
7770 returns false. |
|
7771 */ |
|
7772 bool operator==(const QLatin1String &s1, const QStringRef &s2) |
|
7773 { |
|
7774 const ushort *uc = reinterpret_cast<const ushort *>(s2.unicode()); |
|
7775 const ushort *e = uc + s2.size(); |
|
7776 const uchar *c = reinterpret_cast<const uchar *>(s1.latin1()); |
|
7777 if (!c) |
|
7778 return s2.isEmpty(); |
|
7779 |
|
7780 while (*c) { |
|
7781 if (uc == e || *uc != *c) |
|
7782 return false; |
|
7783 ++uc; |
|
7784 ++c; |
|
7785 } |
|
7786 return (uc == e); |
|
7787 } |
|
7788 |
|
7789 /*! |
|
7790 \relates QStringRef |
|
7791 |
|
7792 Returns true if string reference \a s1 is lexically less than |
|
7793 string reference \a s2; otherwise returns false. |
|
7794 |
|
7795 The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values |
|
7796 of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would |
|
7797 expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings using the |
|
7798 QString::localeAwareCompare() function. |
|
7799 */ |
|
7800 bool operator<(const QStringRef &s1,const QStringRef &s2) |
|
7801 { |
|
7802 return ucstrcmp(s1.constData(), s1.length(), s2.constData(), s2.length()) < 0; |
|
7803 } |
|
7804 |
|
7805 /*!\fn bool operator<=(const QStringRef &s1,const QStringRef &s2) |
|
7806 |
|
7807 \relates QStringRef |
|
7808 |
|
7809 Returns true if string reference \a s1 is lexically less than |
|
7810 or equal to string reference \a s2; otherwise returns false. |
|
7811 |
|
7812 The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values |
|
7813 of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would |
|
7814 expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings using the |
|
7815 QString::localeAwareCompare() function. |
|
7816 */ |
|
7817 |
|
7818 /*!\fn bool operator>=(const QStringRef &s1,const QStringRef &s2) |
|
7819 |
|
7820 \relates QStringRef |
|
7821 |
|
7822 Returns true if string reference \a s1 is lexically greater than |
|
7823 or equal to string reference \a s2; otherwise returns false. |
|
7824 |
|
7825 The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values |
|
7826 of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would |
|
7827 expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings using the |
|
7828 QString::localeAwareCompare() function. |
|
7829 */ |
|
7830 |
|
7831 /*!\fn bool operator>(const QStringRef &s1,const QStringRef &s2) |
|
7832 |
|
7833 \relates QStringRef |
|
7834 |
|
7835 Returns true if string reference \a s1 is lexically greater than |
|
7836 string reference \a s2; otherwise returns false. |
|
7837 |
|
7838 The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values |
|
7839 of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would |
|
7840 expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings using the |
|
7841 QString::localeAwareCompare() function. |
|
7842 */ |
|
7843 |
|
7844 |
|
7845 /*! |
|
7846 \fn const QChar QStringRef::at(int position) const |
|
7847 |
|
7848 Returns the character at the given index \a position in the |
|
7849 string reference. |
|
7850 |
|
7851 The \a position must be a valid index position in the string |
|
7852 (i.e., 0 <= \a position < size()). |
|
7853 */ |
|
7854 |
|
7855 /*! |
|
7856 \fn void QStringRef::clear() |
|
7857 |
|
7858 Clears the contents of the string reference by making it null and empty. |
|
7859 |
|
7860 \sa isEmpty(), isNull() |
|
7861 */ |
|
7862 |
|
7863 /*! |
|
7864 \fn QStringRef &QStringRef::operator=(const QStringRef &other) |
|
7865 |
|
7866 Assigns the \a other string reference to this string reference, and |
|
7867 returns the result. |
|
7868 */ |
|
7869 |
|
7870 /*! |
|
7871 \fn QStringRef &QStringRef::operator=(const QString *string) |
|
7872 |
|
7873 Constructs a string reference to the given \a string and assigns it to |
|
7874 this string reference, returning the result. |
|
7875 */ |
|
7876 |
|
7877 /*! |
|
7878 \typedef QString::DataPtr |
|
7879 \internal |
|
7880 */ |
|
7881 |
|
7882 /*! |
|
7883 \fn DataPtr & QString::data_ptr() |
|
7884 \internal |
|
7885 */ |
|
7886 |
|
7887 |
|
7888 |
|
7889 /*! Appends the string reference to \a string, and returns a new |
|
7890 reference to the combined string data. |
|
7891 */ |
|
7892 QStringRef QStringRef::appendTo(QString *string) const |
|
7893 { |
|
7894 if (!string) |
|
7895 return QStringRef(); |
|
7896 int pos = string->size(); |
|
7897 string->insert(pos, unicode(), size()); |
|
7898 return QStringRef(string, pos, size()); |
|
7899 } |
|
7900 |
|
7901 /*! |
|
7902 \fn int QStringRef::compare(const QStringRef &s1, const QString &s2, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs = Qt::CaseSensitive) |
|
7903 \since 4.5 |
|
7904 |
|
7905 Compares the string \a s1 with the string \a s2 and returns an |
|
7906 integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if \a s1 |
|
7907 is less than, equal to, or greater than \a s2. |
|
7908 |
|
7909 If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive, the comparison is case sensitive; |
|
7910 otherwise the comparison is case insensitive. |
|
7911 */ |
|
7912 |
|
7913 /*! |
|
7914 \fn int QStringRef::compare(const QStringRef &s1, const QStringRef &s2, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs = Qt::CaseSensitive) |
|
7915 \since 4.5 |
|
7916 \overload |
|
7917 |
|
7918 Compares the string \a s1 with the string \a s2 and returns an |
|
7919 integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if \a s1 |
|
7920 is less than, equal to, or greater than \a s2. |
|
7921 |
|
7922 If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive, the comparison is case sensitive; |
|
7923 otherwise the comparison is case insensitive. |
|
7924 */ |
|
7925 |
|
7926 /*! |
|
7927 \fn int QStringRef::compare(const QStringRef &s1, QLatin1String s2, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs = Qt::CaseSensitive) |
|
7928 \since 4.5 |
|
7929 \overload |
|
7930 |
|
7931 Compares the string \a s1 with the string \a s2 and returns an |
|
7932 integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if \a s1 |
|
7933 is less than, equal to, or greater than \a s2. |
|
7934 |
|
7935 If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive, the comparison is case sensitive; |
|
7936 otherwise the comparison is case insensitive. |
|
7937 */ |
|
7938 |
|
7939 /*! |
|
7940 \overload |
|
7941 \fn int QStringRef::compare(const QString &other, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs = Qt::CaseSensitive) const |
|
7942 \since 4.5 |
|
7943 |
|
7944 Compares this string with the \a other string and returns an |
|
7945 integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if this string |
|
7946 is less than, equal to, or greater than the \a other string. |
|
7947 |
|
7948 If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive, the comparison is case sensitive; |
|
7949 otherwise the comparison is case insensitive. |
|
7950 |
|
7951 Equivalent to \c {compare(*this, other, cs)}. |
|
7952 |
|
7953 \sa QString::compare() |
|
7954 */ |
|
7955 |
|
7956 /*! |
|
7957 \overload |
|
7958 \fn int QStringRef::compare(const QStringRef &other, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs = Qt::CaseSensitive) const |
|
7959 \since 4.5 |
|
7960 |
|
7961 Compares this string with the \a other string and returns an |
|
7962 integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if this string |
|
7963 is less than, equal to, or greater than the \a other string. |
|
7964 |
|
7965 If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive, the comparison is case sensitive; |
|
7966 otherwise the comparison is case insensitive. |
|
7967 |
|
7968 Equivalent to \c {compare(*this, other, cs)}. |
|
7969 |
|
7970 \sa QString::compare() |
|
7971 */ |
|
7972 |
|
7973 /*! |
|
7974 \overload |
|
7975 \fn int QStringRef::compare(QLatin1String other, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs = Qt::CaseSensitive) const |
|
7976 \since 4.5 |
|
7977 |
|
7978 Compares this string with the \a other string and returns an |
|
7979 integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if this string |
|
7980 is less than, equal to, or greater than the \a other string. |
|
7981 |
|
7982 If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive, the comparison is case sensitive; |
|
7983 otherwise the comparison is case insensitive. |
|
7984 |
|
7985 Equivalent to \c {compare(*this, other, cs)}. |
|
7986 |
|
7987 \sa QString::compare() |
|
7988 */ |
|
7989 |
|
7990 /*! |
|
7991 \fn int QStringRef::localeAwareCompare(const QStringRef &s1, const QString & s2) |
|
7992 \since 4.5 |
|
7993 |
|
7994 Compares \a s1 with \a s2 and returns an integer less than, equal |
|
7995 to, or greater than zero if \a s1 is less than, equal to, or |
|
7996 greater than \a s2. |
|
7997 |
|
7998 The comparison is performed in a locale- and also |
|
7999 platform-dependent manner. Use this function to present sorted |
|
8000 lists of strings to the user. |
|
8001 |
|
8002 On Mac OS X, this function compares according the |
|
8003 "Order for sorted lists" setting in the International prefereces panel. |
|
8004 |
|
8005 \sa compare(), QTextCodec::locale() |
|
8006 */ |
|
8007 |
|
8008 /*! |
|
8009 \fn int QStringRef::localeAwareCompare(const QStringRef &s1, const QStringRef & s2) |
|
8010 \since 4.5 |
|
8011 \overload |
|
8012 |
|
8013 Compares \a s1 with \a s2 and returns an integer less than, equal |
|
8014 to, or greater than zero if \a s1 is less than, equal to, or |
|
8015 greater than \a s2. |
|
8016 |
|
8017 The comparison is performed in a locale- and also |
|
8018 platform-dependent manner. Use this function to present sorted |
|
8019 lists of strings to the user. |
|
8020 |
|
8021 */ |
|
8022 |
|
8023 /*! |
|
8024 \fn int QStringRef::localeAwareCompare(const QString &other) const |
|
8025 \since 4.5 |
|
8026 \overload |
|
8027 |
|
8028 Compares this string with the \a other string and returns an |
|
8029 integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if this string |
|
8030 is less than, equal to, or greater than the \a other string. |
|
8031 |
|
8032 The comparison is performed in a locale- and also |
|
8033 platform-dependent manner. Use this function to present sorted |
|
8034 lists of strings to the user. |
|
8035 */ |
|
8036 |
|
8037 /*! |
|
8038 \fn int QStringRef::localeAwareCompare(const QStringRef &other) const |
|
8039 \since 4.5 |
|
8040 \overload |
|
8041 |
|
8042 Compares this string with the \a other string and returns an |
|
8043 integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if this string |
|
8044 is less than, equal to, or greater than the \a other string. |
|
8045 |
|
8046 The comparison is performed in a locale- and also |
|
8047 platform-dependent manner. Use this function to present sorted |
|
8048 lists of strings to the user. |
|
8049 */ |
|
8050 |
|
8051 /*! |
|
8052 \fn QString &QString::append(const QStringRef &reference) |
|
8053 \since 4.4 |
|
8054 |
|
8055 Appends the given string \a reference to this string and returns the result. |
|
8056 */ |
|
8057 QString &QString::append(const QStringRef &str) |
|
8058 { |
|
8059 if (str.string() == this) { |
|
8060 str.appendTo(this); |
|
8061 } else if (str.string()) { |
|
8062 int oldSize = size(); |
|
8063 resize(oldSize + str.size()); |
|
8064 memcpy(data() + oldSize, str.unicode(), str.size() * sizeof(QChar)); |
|
8065 } |
|
8066 return *this; |
|
8067 } |
|
8068 |
|
8069 /*! |
|
8070 \since 4.4 |
|
8071 |
|
8072 Returns a substring reference to the \a n leftmost characters |
|
8073 of the string. |
|
8074 |
|
8075 If \a n is greater than size() or less than zero, a reference to the entire |
|
8076 string is returned. |
|
8077 |
|
8078 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp leftRef |
|
8079 |
|
8080 \sa left(), rightRef(), midRef(), startsWith() |
|
8081 */ |
|
8082 QStringRef QString::leftRef(int n) const |
|
8083 { |
|
8084 if (n >= d->size || n < 0) |
|
8085 n = d->size; |
|
8086 return QStringRef(this, 0, n); |
|
8087 } |
|
8088 |
|
8089 /*! |
|
8090 \since 4.4 |
|
8091 |
|
8092 Returns a substring reference to the \a n rightmost characters |
|
8093 of the string. |
|
8094 |
|
8095 If \a n is greater than size() or less than zero, a reference to the entire |
|
8096 string is returned. |
|
8097 |
|
8098 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp rightRef |
|
8099 |
|
8100 \sa right(), leftRef(), midRef(), endsWith() |
|
8101 */ |
|
8102 QStringRef QString::rightRef(int n) const |
|
8103 { |
|
8104 if (n >= d->size || n < 0) |
|
8105 n = d->size; |
|
8106 return QStringRef(this, d->size - n, n); |
|
8107 } |
|
8108 |
|
8109 /*! |
|
8110 \since 4.4 |
|
8111 |
|
8112 Returns a substring reference to \a n characters of this string, |
|
8113 starting at the specified \a position. |
|
8114 |
|
8115 If the \a position exceeds the length of the string, an empty |
|
8116 reference is returned. |
|
8117 |
|
8118 If there are less than \a n characters available in the string, |
|
8119 starting at the given \a position, or if \a n is -1 (default), the |
|
8120 function returns all characters from the specified \a position |
|
8121 onwards. |
|
8122 |
|
8123 Example: |
|
8124 |
|
8125 \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp midRef |
|
8126 |
|
8127 \sa mid(), leftRef(), rightRef() |
|
8128 */ |
|
8129 |
|
8130 QStringRef QString::midRef(int position, int n) const |
|
8131 { |
|
8132 if (d == &shared_null || position >= d->size) |
|
8133 return QStringRef(); |
|
8134 if (n < 0) |
|
8135 n = d->size - position; |
|
8136 if (position < 0) { |
|
8137 n += position; |
|
8138 position = 0; |
|
8139 } |
|
8140 if (n + position > d->size) |
|
8141 n = d->size - position; |
|
8142 return QStringRef(this, position, n); |
|
8143 } |
|
8144 |
|
8145 QT_END_NAMESPACE |